forked from qt-creator/qt-creator
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			7259 lines
		
	
	
		
			256 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			7259 lines
		
	
	
		
			256 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
// **********************************************************************
 | 
						|
// NOTE: the sections are not ordered by their logical order to avoid
 | 
						|
// reshuffling the file each time the index order changes (i.e., often).
 | 
						|
// Run the fixnavi.pl script to adjust the links to the index order.
 | 
						|
// **********************************************************************
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage{index.html}{Qt Creator}
 | 
						|
    \page index.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-overview.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Qt Creator Manual
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Version 2.1.80
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator provides a cross-platform, complete integrated development
 | 
						|
    environment (IDE) for application developers to create applications for
 | 
						|
    multiple desktop and mobile device platforms. It is available for Linux,
 | 
						|
    Mac OS X and Windows operating systems. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Operating Systems and Supported Platforms}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Please report bugs and suggestions to the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com}{Qt Bug Tracker}.
 | 
						|
    You can also join the Qt Creator mailing list. To subscribe,
 | 
						|
    send a message with the word \e subscribe to
 | 
						|
    \l{mailto:qt-creator-request@trolltech.com}
 | 
						|
    {qt-creator-request@trolltech.com}. For more information about Qt mailing
 | 
						|
    lists, visit \l{http://lists.trolltech.com}{http://lists.trolltech.com}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \raw HTML
 | 
						|
    <img border="0" style="float:right;" src="images/qtcreator-screenshots.png" />
 | 
						|
    \endraw
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Introducing Qt Creator}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Operating Systems and Supported Platforms}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Qt Creator User Interface}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Getting Started}
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
               \o \l{Building and Running an Example Application}
 | 
						|
               \o \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}
 | 
						|
               \o \l{Creating a Mobile Application with Nokia Qt SDK}
 | 
						|
               \o \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Managing Projects}
 | 
						|
            \list
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Creating a Project}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Setting Up a qmake Project}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Managing Sessions}
 | 
						|
            \endlist
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Using the Editor}
 | 
						|
            \list
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Finding and Replacing}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Refactoring}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Searching With the Locator}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Configuring the Editor}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Using FakeVim Mode}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Using an External Editor}
 | 
						|
            \endlist
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Developing Application UI}
 | 
						|
       \list
 | 
						|
           \o \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
 | 
						|
           \o \l{Adding Qt Designer Plugins}
 | 
						|
           \if defined(qtquick)
 | 
						|
           \o \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
 | 
						|
                \list
 | 
						|
                    \o \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}
 | 
						|
                    \o \l {Creating Components}
 | 
						|
                    \o \l {Creating Screens}
 | 
						|
                    \o \l {Animating Screens}
 | 
						|
                    \o \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
 | 
						|
                    \o \l {Implementing Application Logic}
 | 
						|
                \endlist
 | 
						|
           \endif
 | 
						|
       \endlist
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Building and Running Applications}
 | 
						|
            \list
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Building for Multiple Targets}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Specifying Build Settings}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Specifying Run Settings}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Specifying Editor Settings}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Specifying Dependencies}
 | 
						|
            \endlist
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Using the Maemo Emulator}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Debugging}
 | 
						|
            \list
 | 
						|
            \o \l {Debugging Qt Applications}
 | 
						|
            \list
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Debugging the Example Application}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Interacting with the Debugger}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Setting Up Debugger}
 | 
						|
                \o \l{Using Debugging Helpers}
 | 
						|
            \endlist
 | 
						|
            \o \l{Debugging Qt Quick Applications}
 | 
						|
                \list
 | 
						|
                    \o \l{Using the QML Inspector}
 | 
						|
                \endlist
 | 
						|
            \endlist
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Using the Maemo Emulator}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Using Version Control Systems}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Getting Help}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Tips and Tricks}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Known Issues}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Glossary}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Acknowledgements}
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-overview.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-os-supported-platforms.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  \title Introducing Qt Creator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator is an integrated development environment (IDE) that provides you with
 | 
						|
    tools to design and develop complex applications for multiple desktop and mobile
 | 
						|
    platforms.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-overview.png "Qt Creator overview"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    One of the major advantages of Qt Creator is that it allows a team of developers
 | 
						|
    to share a project across different development platforms with a common tool
 | 
						|
    for development and debugging.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    But why do you need projects? To be able to build and run applications,
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator needs the same information as a compiler would need. This information
 | 
						|
    is specified in the project build and run settings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Creating a project allows you to:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Group files together
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Add custom build steps
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Include forms and resource files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Specify settings for running applications
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can either create a project from scratch or import an existing
 | 
						|
    project. Qt Creator generates all the necessary files, depending on the type of
 | 
						|
    project you create. For example, if you choose to create a graphical user
 | 
						|
    interface (GUI) application, Qt Creator generates an empty .ui file
 | 
						|
    that you can modify with the integrated \QD.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator is integrated with cross-platform systems for build automation: qmake and
 | 
						|
    CMake. In addition, you can import generic projects that do not use qmake or CMake,
 | 
						|
    and specify that Qt Creator ignores your build system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Editors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator comes with a code editor and an integrated \QD for designing and building
 | 
						|
    graphical user interfaces (GUIs) from Qt widgets.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Code Editor
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    As an IDE, Qt Creator differs from a text editor in that it knows how to build and run
 | 
						|
    applications. It understands the C++ and QML languages as code, not just as plain text. This allows
 | 
						|
    it to:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Enable you to write well formatted code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Anticipate what you are going to write and complete the code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Display inline error and warning messages
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Enable you to semantically navigate to classes, functions, and symbols
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Provide you with context-sensitive help on classes, functions, and symbols
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Rename symbols in an intelligent way, so that other symbols with the same name
 | 
						|
           that belong to other scopes are not renamed
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Show you the locations in code where a function is declared or called
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 UI Designer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use \QD to compose and customize widgets or dialogs and test
 | 
						|
    them using different styles and resolutions. Widgets and forms created with \QD are
 | 
						|
    integrated seamlessly with programmed code,
 | 
						|
    using the Qt signals and slots mechanism, that lets you easily assign behavior to
 | 
						|
    graphical elements. All properties set in \QD can be changed dynamically within the code.
 | 
						|
    Furthermore, features like widget promotion and custom plugins allow you to use your
 | 
						|
    own widgets with \QD.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      \section1 Languages
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the code editor to write code in Qt C++ or in the
 | 
						|
    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/declarativeui.html}{QML} declarative
 | 
						|
    programming language.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 QML
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use QML to build highly dynamic, custom user interfaces from a rich set
 | 
						|
    of QML elements. Qt Quick helps programmers and designers collaborate to build the
 | 
						|
    fluid user interfaces that are becoming common in portable consumer devices, such as
 | 
						|
    mobile phones, media players, set-top boxes and netbooks.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QML is an extension to JavaScript, that provides a mechanism to declaratively build
 | 
						|
    an object tree of QML elements. QML improves the integration between JavaScript and
 | 
						|
    Qt's existing QObject based type system, adds support for automatic property bindings
 | 
						|
    and provides network transparency at the language level.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Targets
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator provides support for building and running Qt applications for
 | 
						|
    desktop environment (Windows, Linux, and Mac OS) and mobile devices (Symbian, Maemo,
 | 
						|
    and MeeGo). Build settings allow you to quickly switch between build targets.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you build an application for a mobile device target with a device
 | 
						|
    connected to the development PC, Qt Creator generates an installation package,
 | 
						|
    installs in on the device, and executes it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can publish the installation packages on the \l{https://publish.ovi.com/info/}{Ovi Store}.
 | 
						|
    For Symbian devices, the packages must be signed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Tools
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator is integrated with a set of helpful tools, such as version control
 | 
						|
    systems and Qt Simulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Version Control Systems
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The recommended way to build a project is to use a version control system.
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator uses the version control system's command line clients to access
 | 
						|
    your repositories. The following version control systems are supported:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Git
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Subversion
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Perforce
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o CVS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Mercurial
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The functions available to you in Qt Creator depend on the version control
 | 
						|
    system. Basic functions are available for all the supported systems. They include
 | 
						|
    comparing files with the latest versions stored in the repository and displaying the
 | 
						|
    differences, viewing versioning history and change details, annotating files,
 | 
						|
    and committing and reverting changes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Qt Simulator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the Qt Simulator to test Qt applications that are intended
 | 
						|
    for mobile devices in an environment similar to that of the device. You
 | 
						|
    can change the information that the device has about its configuration
 | 
						|
    and environment.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Qt Simulator is installed as part of the Nokia Qt SDK. After it is
 | 
						|
    installed, you can select it as a build target in Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Debuggers
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator does not include a debugger. It provides a debugger plugin that acts
 | 
						|
    as an interface between the Qt Creator core and external native debuggers:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o GNU Symbolic Debugger (gdb)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o internal Java Script debugger
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator displays the raw information provided by the native debuggers
 | 
						|
    in a clear and concise manner with the goal to simplify the debugging process
 | 
						|
    as much as possible without losing the power of the native debuggers.
 | 
						|
    You can use the native debuggers to debug the C++ language.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can connect mobile devices to your development PC and debug processes
 | 
						|
    running on the devices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-overview.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-os-supported-platforms.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-quick-tour.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Operating Systems and Supported Platforms
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Operating Systems
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator is available in binary packages for the following operating
 | 
						|
    systems:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Windows XP Service Pack 2
 | 
						|
        \o Windows Vista
 | 
						|
        \o (K)Ubuntu Linux 7.04 (32-bit and 64-bit) or later, with the following:
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
               \o g++
 | 
						|
               \o make
 | 
						|
               \o libglib2.0-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libSM-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libxrender-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libfontconfig1-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libxext-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libfreetype6-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libx11-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libxcursor-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libxfixes-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libxft-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libxi-dev
 | 
						|
               \o libxrandr-dev
 | 
						|
               \o If you are using QtOpenGL, libgl-dev and libglu-dev
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
        \o Mac OS 10.5 or later with the following:
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
               \o Xcode tools for your Mac OS X version available from your Mac
 | 
						|
                  OS X installation DVDs or at \l http://developer.apple.com.
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \omit  ## Are the Xcode tools still needed separately? \endomit
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Build Environment
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To build Qt Creator itself from the source, you need:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Qt 4.7 or later
 | 
						|
        \o On Windows, MinGW 4.4 or Microsoft Visual Studio 2008
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Supported Mobile Device Platforms
 | 
						|
    You can develop applications for the following mobile device
 | 
						|
    platforms:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Symbian
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Maemo and Maemo Application Development and Debugging Environment (MADDE)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following table summarizes operating system support for building
 | 
						|
    applications for mobile device platforms.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o {1,3} Operating system
 | 
						|
            \o {3,1} Platform
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Desktop
 | 
						|
            \o Symbian
 | 
						|
            \o Maemo
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Windows
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Linux
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
            \o No
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Mac OS X
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
            \o No
 | 
						|
            \o No
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-os-supported-platforms.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-quick-tour.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-getting-started.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Qt Creator User Interface
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-breakdown.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you start Qt Creator, it opens to the \gui Welcome mode, where you can:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Open tutorials and example projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o View tips and hints on using Qt Creator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Create and open projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Send feedback to the development team
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Open recent sessions and projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Read news from the Qt labs
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Ask for support
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the mode selector to change to another Qt Creator mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator has been localized into several languages. If the system language
 | 
						|
    is one of the supported languages, it is automatically selected. To change
 | 
						|
    the language, select \gui {Tools > Options > Environment} and select a language
 | 
						|
    in the \gui Language field. The change takes effect after you restart Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Qt Creator Modes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The mode selector allows you to quickly switch between tasks such as
 | 
						|
    editing project and source files, designing application UIs,
 | 
						|
    configuring how projects are built and
 | 
						|
    executed, and debugging your applications. To change modes, click the
 | 
						|
    icons, or use the \l{keyboard-shortcuts}{corresponding keyboard shortcut}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use Qt Creator in the following modes:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{\l{Using the Editor}{Edit}} mode for editing project and source files.
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{\l{Developing Application UI}{Design}} mode for designing and developing
 | 
						|
           application user interfaces. This mode is available for UI files (.ui or
 | 
						|
           .qml).
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{\l{Debugging}{Debug}} mode for inspecting the state of your program while
 | 
						|
           debugging.
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{\l{Managing Projects}{Projects}} mode for configuring project building and
 | 
						|
           execution. This mode is available when a project is open.
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{\l{Getting Help}{Help}} mode for viewing Qt documentation.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Certain actions in Qt Creator trigger a mode change. Clicking on
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug} > \gui {Start debugging} > \gui {Start debugging}
 | 
						|
    automatically switches to \gui {Debug} mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Browsing Project Contents
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The sidebar is available in the \gui Edit and \gui Debug modes.
 | 
						|
    Use the sidebar to browse files, projects and bookmarks.
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-sidebar.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can select the content of the sidebar in the sidebar menu:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Projects shows a list of projects open in the current
 | 
						|
           session.
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{File System} shows the content of the currently selected
 | 
						|
           directory.
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Bookmarks shows all bookmarks for the current session.
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{Open Documents} shows currently open files.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can change the view of the sidebar in the following ways:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To toggle the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
 | 
						|
           or press \key Alt+0 (\key Cmd+0 on Mac OS X).
 | 
						|
        \o To split the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-splitbar.png
 | 
						|
           . Select new content to view in the split view.
 | 
						|
        \o To close a sidebar view, click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-closesidebar.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Viewing Project Files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The sidebar displays projects in a project tree. The project tree contains
 | 
						|
    a list of all projects open in the current session. The files for each
 | 
						|
    project are grouped according to their file type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the project tree in the following ways:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To bring up a context menu containing the actions most commonly
 | 
						|
           needed right-click an item in the project tree.
 | 
						|
           For example, through the menu of the project root directory you can,
 | 
						|
           among other actions, build, re-build, clean and run the project.
 | 
						|
        \o To list all files in a project, click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
 | 
						|
           and select \gui{Simplify tree}.
 | 
						|
        \o To hide source files which are automatically generated by the build
 | 
						|
           system, during a build, click \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
 | 
						|
           and select \gui{Hide generated files}.
 | 
						|
        \o To toggle the synchronization of your project tree with the file
 | 
						|
           opened in the editor, click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-synchronizefocus.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
        \o To see the absolute path of a file, move the mouse pointer over the
 | 
						|
           file name.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Viewing Output
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The task pane in Qt Creator can display one of the following panes:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui{Build Issues}
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui{Search Results}
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui{Application Output}
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui{Compile Output}
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui{General Messages}
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui{Version Control}
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Output panes are available in all \l{Qt Creator modes}{modes}.
 | 
						|
    Click the name of an output pane to open the pane. To maximize
 | 
						|
    an open output pane, click the \gui {Maximize Output Pane} button
 | 
						|
    or press \key {Alt+9}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To open the \gui{General Messages} and \gui{Version Control}
 | 
						|
    panes, select \gui {Window > Output Panes}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Build Issues
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Build Issues} pane provides a list of errors and warnings
 | 
						|
    encountered during a build. The pane filters out irrelevant output from
 | 
						|
    the build tools and presents the issues in an organized way.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Right-clicking on a line brings up a context menu with options to copy
 | 
						|
    the contents and to show a version control annotation view of the
 | 
						|
    line that causes the error message.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-build-issues.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Search Results
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Search Results} pane displays the results for global searches,
 | 
						|
    for example, searching within a current document, files on disk, or all
 | 
						|
    projects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The figure below shows an example search result for all
 | 
						|
    occurrences of \c textfinder within the \c "/TextFinder" directory.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-search-pane.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Application Output
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Application Output} pane displays the status of a program when
 | 
						|
    it is executed, and the debug output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The figure below shows an example output from qDebug().
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-application-output.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Compile Output
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Compile Output} pane provides all output from the compiler.
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Compile Output} is a more detailed version of information
 | 
						|
    displayed in the \gui{Build Issues} pane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-compile-pane.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Navigating with Keyboard
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator caters not only to developers who are used to using the mouse,
 | 
						|
    but also to developers who are more comfortable with the keyboard. A wide
 | 
						|
    range of \l{keyboard-shortcuts}{keyboard} and
 | 
						|
    \l{Searching With the Locator}{navigation} shortcuts are available to help
 | 
						|
    speed up the process of developing your application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-version-control.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-help.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-tips.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Getting Help
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator comes fully integrated with Qt documentation and
 | 
						|
    examples using the Qt Help plugin.
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To view documentation, switch to \gui Help mode.
 | 
						|
        \o To obtain context sensitive help, move the text cursor to a Qt class
 | 
						|
           or function and press \key F1. The documentation is displayed in a
 | 
						|
           pane next to the code editor, or, if there is not enough vertical
 | 
						|
           space, in the fullscreen \gui Help mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-context-sensitive-help.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To select and configure how the documentation is displayed in the
 | 
						|
           \gui Help mode, select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Help.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Adding External Documentation
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can display external documentation in the \gui Help mode.
 | 
						|
    To augment or replace the documentation that ships with Qt Creator and Qt:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Create a .qch file from your documentation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           For information on how to prepare your documentation and create a
 | 
						|
           .qch file, see
 | 
						|
           \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.6/qthelp-framework.html}{The Qt Help Framework}.
 | 
						|
        \o To add the .qch file to Qt Creator, select \gui Tools >
 | 
						|
           \gui Options... > \gui Help > \gui Documentation > \gui Add.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Documentation Filters
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can filter the documents displayed in the \gui Help mode to find
 | 
						|
    relevant information faster. Select from a list of filters in the
 | 
						|
    \gui {Filtered by} field. The contents of the \gui Index and \gui Contents
 | 
						|
    pane in the sidebar change accordingly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-help-filters.png "Help filters"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can modify the filters to include external documentation, for example,
 | 
						|
    or you can define your own filters. To construct filters, you can use the
 | 
						|
    filter attributes that are specified in the documentation. Each document
 | 
						|
    contains at least one filter attribute. If several documents contain the
 | 
						|
    same filter attribute, such as \c tools, you can use that attribute to
 | 
						|
    include all those documents.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add filters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Help > Filters > Add}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Enter a name for the filter and press \gui {OK}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In \gui Attributes, select the documents that you want to include
 | 
						|
        in the filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-help-filter-attributes.png "Help filter attributes"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui OK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui Help mode, select the filter in the \gui {Filtered by}
 | 
						|
        field to see the filtered documentation in the sidebar.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To modify filters, select a filter in \gui Filters, select the attributes,
 | 
						|
    and then click \gui Apply.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To remove filters, select them in \gui Filters, and click \gui Remove.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-external.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-design-mode.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-usability.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Developing Application UI
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the integrated \QD to design and build graphical user interfaces (GUIs) from
 | 
						|
    Qt widgets. You can compose and customize your widgets or dialogs and test
 | 
						|
    them using different styles and resolutions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Widgets and forms created with \QD are integrated seamlessly with programmed code,
 | 
						|
    using the Qt signals and slots mechanism, that lets you easily assign behavior to
 | 
						|
    graphical elements. All properties set in \QD can be changed dynamically within the code.
 | 
						|
    Furthermore, features like widget promotion and custom plugins allow you to use your
 | 
						|
    own widgets with \QD.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    UIs that use widgets are clearly structured and enforce a platform look and feel,
 | 
						|
    which makes them useful for traditional applications. However, they are static, and
 | 
						|
    do not fully make use of the large high-resolution screens, touch input, and significant
 | 
						|
    graphics power that are becoming common in portable consumer devices, such as mobile
 | 
						|
    phones, media players, set-top boxes, and netbooks.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can easily develop animations by using a declarative programming
 | 
						|
    language called \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/declarativeui.html}{QML}.
 | 
						|
    In QML, a user interface is specified as a tree of objects with properties.
 | 
						|
    You can edit QML code in the code editor. You
 | 
						|
    can use Qt or JavaScript to implement the application logic.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The integration includes project management and code completion.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Qt Designer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator automatically opens all .ui files in \QD.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-formedit.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To change the layout of \QD user interface elements:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui{Form Editor} > \gui Views >
 | 
						|
           \gui Locked.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           When this option is unchecked, you can change the layout.
 | 
						|
        \o Click the header of an element and drag the element to a new
 | 
						|
           position.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To change \QD properties, select \gui Tools > \gui Options... >
 | 
						|
    \gui Designer.
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Set the class properties and code generation preferences in \gui
 | 
						|
           {Class Generation}.
 | 
						|
        \o Set an additional folder for saving templates in \gui{Template
 | 
						|
           Paths}.
 | 
						|
        \o Set the grid settings and preview preferences in \gui Forms. To
 | 
						|
           preview your form with skins, enable \gui{Print/Preview
 | 
						|
           Configuration} and select your skin. Otherwise default preview
 | 
						|
           settings are used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           To preview the settings, select \gui Tools > \gui{Form Editor} >
 | 
						|
           \gui Preview, or press \key Ctrl+Alt+R.
 | 
						|
        \o To specify embedded device profiles, such as style, font, and screen
 | 
						|
           resolution, select \gui{Embedded Design}.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information on \QD, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/designer-manual.html}{Qt Designer Manual}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Qt Quick Designer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can edit .qml files in the visual \QMLD editor or in the
 | 
						|
    code editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In \gui Projects, double-click a .qml file to open it in the code
 | 
						|
    editor. Then select the \gui {Design} mode to edit the file in the
 | 
						|
    visual editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note The visual \QMLD editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
 | 
						|
    enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
 | 
						|
    visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To enable or disable the \QMLD visual editor, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Help > About Plugins... > Qt Quick > QmlDesigner}. You must restart Qt Creator
 | 
						|
    to enable or disable the visual editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-visual-editor.png "Visual editor"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Use the visual editor panes to manage your project:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui {Navigator} pane displays the items in the scene. You can
 | 
						|
    show and hide items to focus on specific parts of the application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui {Library} pane displays lists of predefined \gui {Items} and
 | 
						|
    imported \gui {Resources} that you can use to design applications. The
 | 
						|
    images and other files that you copy to the project folder appear in the
 | 
						|
    \gui {Resources} pane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui {Properties} pane displays the properties of the selected component.
 | 
						|
     You can also change the properties in the code editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui {State} pane displays the different states of the component. To add
 | 
						|
    states, click the empty slot. Then modify the new state in the editor.
 | 
						|
    In the code editor, you can see the changes recorded as changes to
 | 
						|
    the base state.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-project-managing-sessions.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-using.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-finding.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Using the Editor
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator's code editor is designed to aid you in creating, editing and
 | 
						|
    navigating code.  Qt Creator's code editor is fully equipped with syntax
 | 
						|
    checking, code completion, context sensitive help and in-line error
 | 
						|
    indicators while you are typing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using the Editor Toolbar
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The editor toolbar is located at the top of the editor view. The editor
 | 
						|
    toolbar is context sensitive and shows items relevant to the file currently
 | 
						|
    open in the editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-editortoolbar-symbols.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Use the toolbar to navigate between open files and symbols in use:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To browse forward or backward through your location history, click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-back.png
 | 
						|
           and \inlineimage qtcreator-forward.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
        \o To go to any open file, select it from the \gui{Open files}
 | 
						|
           drop-down menu.
 | 
						|
        \o To jump to any symbol used in the current file, select it from the
 | 
						|
           \gui Symbols drop-down menu.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you create or edit forms in a \c{.ui} file, the toolbar contains
 | 
						|
    Qt Designer specific tools.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Splitting the Editor View
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Split the editor view when you want to work on and view multiple files on
 | 
						|
    the same screen.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-spliteditorview.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can split the editor view in the following ways:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To split the editor view into a top and bottom view, select
 | 
						|
           \gui Window > \gui Split or press \key{Ctrl+E, 2}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           Split command creates views below the currently active editor view.
 | 
						|
        \o To split the editor view into adjacent views, select
 | 
						|
           \gui Window > \gui{Split Side by Side} or press
 | 
						|
           \key{Ctrl+E, 3}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           Side by side split command creates views to the right of the
 | 
						|
           currently active editor view.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To move between split views, select \gui Window >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Go to Next Split} or press \key{Ctrl+E, O}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To remove a split view, place the cursor within the view you want to
 | 
						|
    remove and select \gui Window > \gui{Remove Current Split} or press
 | 
						|
    \key{Ctrl+E, 0}. To remove all but the currently selected split view,
 | 
						|
    select \gui Window > \gui{Remove All Splits} or press \key{Ctrl+E, 1}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Highlighting and Folding Blocks
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Use block highlighting to visually separate parts of the code that belong
 | 
						|
    together. For example, when you place the cursor within the braces,
 | 
						|
    the code enclosed in braces is highlighted.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-blockhighlighting.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To enable block highlighting, select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Display > \gui{Highlight blocks}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Use the folding markers to collapse and expand blocks of code within
 | 
						|
    braces. Click the folding marker to collapse or expand a block. In the
 | 
						|
    figure above, the folding markers are located between the line number and
 | 
						|
    the text pane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To show the folding markers, select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Display > \gui{Display folding markers}. This
 | 
						|
    option is enabled by default.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When the cursor is on a brace, the matching brace is animated
 | 
						|
    by default. To turn off the animation and just highlight the block and
 | 
						|
    the braces, select \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Display} and
 | 
						|
    deselect \gui {Animate matching parentheses}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Checking Code Syntax
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    As you write code Qt Creator checks code syntax. When Qt Creator spots a
 | 
						|
    syntax error in your code it underlines it and shows error details when you
 | 
						|
    move the mouse pointer over the error.
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Syntax errors are underlined in red.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           In the following figure, a semicolon is missing at the end of the
 | 
						|
           line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-syntaxerror.png
 | 
						|
        \o Semantic errors and warnings are underlined in olive.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           In the following figure, the type is unknown.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-semanticerror.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Completing Code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator understands the code as code, not just as plain text. This
 | 
						|
    allows it to help you to write well formatted code and to anticipate
 | 
						|
    what you are going to write and complete the code. The code completion
 | 
						|
    differs somewhat depending on whether you write Qt code or QML code.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Completing Qt Code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    As you write code, Qt Creator provides a list of context-sensitive
 | 
						|
    suggestions to the statement currently under your cursor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-codecompletion.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To open the list of suggestions at any time, press \key{Ctrl+Space}.
 | 
						|
    If only one option is available, Qt Creator inserts it automatically.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When completion is invoked manually, Qt Creator completes the common prefix
 | 
						|
    of the list of suggestions. This is especially useful for classes with
 | 
						|
    several similarly named members. To disable this functionality, uncheck
 | 
						|
    \gui{Autocomplete common prefix} in the code completion preferences.
 | 
						|
    Select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Completion.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    By default, code completion considers only the first letter case-sensitive.
 | 
						|
    To apply full or no case-sensitivity, select the option in the
 | 
						|
    \gui {Case-sensitivity} field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following table lists available types for code completion and icon
 | 
						|
    used for each.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Icon
 | 
						|
            \o Description
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/class.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A class
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/enum.png
 | 
						|
            \i  An enum
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/enumerator.png
 | 
						|
            \i  An enumerator (value of an enum)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/func.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A function
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/func_priv.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A private function
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/func_prot.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A protected function
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/var.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A variable
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/var_priv.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A private variable
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/var_prot.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A protected variable
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/signal.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A signal
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A slot
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot_priv.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A private slot
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot_prot.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A protected slot
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/keyword.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A keyword
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/macro.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A macro
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \inlineimage completion/namespace.png
 | 
						|
            \i  A namespace
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Completing QML Code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    As you write QML code, Qt Creator suggests properties, IDs, and code
 | 
						|
    snippets to complete the code. The snippets can consist of multiple
 | 
						|
    fields that you specify values for. Select an item in the list and press
 | 
						|
    \key Tab or \key Enter to complete the code. Press \key Tab to
 | 
						|
    move between the fields and specify values for them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-code-completion.png "Completing QML code"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Bookmarks
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To insert or delete a bookmark right-click the line number and select
 | 
						|
    \gui{Toggle Bookmark} or press \key{Ctrl+M}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-togglebookmark.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To go to previous bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+,}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To go to next bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+.}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Moving to Symbol Definition or Declaration
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In Qt Creator you can move directly to the definition or the declaration of
 | 
						|
    a symbol by holding the \key Ctrl and clicking the symbol.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To enable this moving function, in \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Behavior select \gui{Enable mouse navigation}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Update Code Model
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To refresh the internal information in Qt Creator pertaining to your code,
 | 
						|
    select \gui{Tools} > \gui{C++} > \gui{Update code model}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note In Qt Creator indexing updates the code automatically. Use
 | 
						|
    \gui{Update code model} only as an emergency command.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-locator.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-codepasting.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-options.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In Qt Creator, you can paste snippets of code to a server or fetch
 | 
						|
    snippets of code from the server. To paste and fetch snippets of code,
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator uses the following:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{CodePaster}
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{Pastebin.Com}
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{Pastebin.Ca}
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To configure the server, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Code Pasting}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To paste a snippet of code onto the server, select \gui{Tools} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Paste Snippet...} or press \key{Alt+C,Alt+P}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To fetch a snippet of code from the server, select \gui{Tools} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Fetch Snippet...} or press \key{Alt+C,Alt+F}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note To use \gui{Pastebin.Com}, configure the domain
 | 
						|
    prefix in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Code Pasting} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Pastebin.com}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For example, you might ask colleagues to review a change that you plan to
 | 
						|
    submit to a version control system. If you use the Git version control system,
 | 
						|
    you can create a \e{diff} view by selecting \gui{Tools} > \gui{Git} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Diff Repository}. You can then upload its contents to the server by choosing
 | 
						|
    \gui{Tools} > \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Paste Snippet...}. The reviewers can retrieve
 | 
						|
    the code snippet by selecting \gui{Tools} > \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Fetch Snippet...}.
 | 
						|
    If they have the project currently opened in Qt Creator, they can apply and test
 | 
						|
    the change by choosing \gui{Tools} > \gui{Git} > \gui{Apply Patch}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-options.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-fakevim.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-external.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Using FakeVim Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui{FakeVim} mode, you can run the main editor in a manner similar
 | 
						|
    to the Vim editor. To run the editor in the \gui{FakeVim} mode, select
 | 
						|
    \gui{Edit} > \gui{Advanced} > \gui{Use vim-style editing} or press
 | 
						|
    \key{Alt+V,Alt+V}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui{FakeVim} mode, most keystrokes in the main editor will be
 | 
						|
    intercepted and interpreted in a way that resembles Vim. Documentation for
 | 
						|
    Vim is not included in Qt Creator. For more information on using Vim,
 | 
						|
    see \l{http://www.vim.org/docs.php}{Documentation} on the Vim web site.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To map commands entered on the \gui{FakeVim} command line to actions of the
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator core, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{FakeVim} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Ex Command Mapping}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To make changes to the Vim-style settings, select \gui{Tools} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Options...} > \gui FakeVim > \gui{General}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To use a Vim-style color scheme, select \gui {Tools > Options... >
 | 
						|
    Text Editor > Fonts & Color}. In the \gui {Color Scheme} list, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Vim (dark)}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To quit the FakeVim mode, click \gui {Quit FakeVim} or press
 | 
						|
    \key{Alt+V,Alt+V}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-fakevim.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-external.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-design-mode.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Using an External Editor
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To open the file you are currently viewing in an external editor, select
 | 
						|
    \gui Edit > \gui Advanced > \gui{Open in External Editor}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To use the external editor of your choice:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Add the editor path to the \c{PATH} environment variable of your
 | 
						|
           operating system.
 | 
						|
        \o In Qt Creator select \gui Tools > \gui Options... >
 | 
						|
           \gui Environment > \gui General.
 | 
						|
        \o In \gui{External editor} enter the name of the application followed
 | 
						|
           by \key Space and \tt{\bold %f}. For example, to open the file in
 | 
						|
           Smultron, enter \tt{\bold{smultron %f}}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           To further define how to open the file in the external editor, you
 | 
						|
           can use the following variables separated by a space:
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
            \o Current line number \tt{\bold %l}
 | 
						|
            \o Current column number \tt{\bold %c}
 | 
						|
            \o Editor's x position on the screen \tt{\bold %x}
 | 
						|
            \o Editor's y position on the screen \tt{\bold %y}
 | 
						|
            \o Editor's width in pixels \tt{\bold %w}
 | 
						|
            \o Editor's height in pixels \tt{\bold %h}
 | 
						|
            \o Editor's width in characters \tt{\bold %W}
 | 
						|
            \o Editor's height in characters \tt{\bold %H}
 | 
						|
            \o To pass % symbol to the editor \tt{\bold %%}
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \note Not all variables work with all editors.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-codepasting.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-options.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-fakevim.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Configuring the Editor
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator allows you to configure the text editor to suit your specific
 | 
						|
    needs. To configure the editor, select  \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Text Editor}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can perform the following configuration actions:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Set the font preferences and apply syntax highlighting in
 | 
						|
           \gui{Font & Colors}.
 | 
						|
        \o Set tabs, indentation, the handling of whitespace, and mouse operations in
 | 
						|
           \gui Behavior.
 | 
						|
        \o Set various display properties, for example,
 | 
						|
           \l{Highlighting and folding blocks}{highlighting and folding blocks},
 | 
						|
           text wrapping or \l{Moving to symbol definition or declaration}
 | 
						|
           {moving to symbol definition or declaration}
 | 
						|
           in \gui Display.
 | 
						|
        \o Configure \l{Completing Code}{code completion} in \gui Completion.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Configuring Fonts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can select the font family and size. You can specify a zoom setting in
 | 
						|
    percentage for viewing the text. You can also zoom in or out by pressing
 | 
						|
    \key {Ctrl++} or \key {Ctrl +-}, or by pressing \key Ctrl and rolling
 | 
						|
    the mouse button up or down. To disable the mouse wheel function, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Behavior} and deselect the
 | 
						|
    \gui {Enable scroll wheel zooming} check box.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Antialiasing is used by default to make text look smoother and more
 | 
						|
    readable on the screen. Deselect the \gui Antialias check box to
 | 
						|
    turn off antialiasing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Defining Color Schemes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can select one of the predefined color schemes for syntax highlighting
 | 
						|
    or create customized color schemes. To create a color scheme:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Text Editor > Fonts & Color > Copy}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Enter a name for the color scheme and click \gui OK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui Foreground field, specify the color of the selected
 | 
						|
        code element.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui Background field, select the background
 | 
						|
        color for the code element.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The backgound of the \gui Text element determines the background of the
 | 
						|
        code editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you copy code from Qt Creator, it is copied in both plain text and HTML
 | 
						|
    format. The latter makes sure that syntax highlighting is preserved when
 | 
						|
    pasting to a rich-text editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Indenting Code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you type code, it is indented automatically according to the selected
 | 
						|
    options. Select a block to indent it when you press \key Tab.
 | 
						|
    Press \key {Shift+Tab} to decrease the indentation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you press \gui Backspace the indentation is decreased by one level,
 | 
						|
    instead of one space, by default.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    By default, the tab-length in code editor is 8 spaces, but you can change
 | 
						|
    it. The code editor can also determine whether tabs or spaces are used
 | 
						|
    on the previous or next line and copy the style.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can determine whether the block indent style includes braces,
 | 
						|
    or you can use the GNU indent style. The GNU style places braces on a separate
 | 
						|
    line, indented by 2 spaces, except when they open a function definition, where
 | 
						|
    they are not indented.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following code snippet illustrates excluding braces from the indented block:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void foobar(bool zoo)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        if (zoo)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            foo();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following code snippet illustrates including braces in the indented block:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void foobar(bool zoo)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        if (zoo)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            foo();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following code snippet illustrates the GNU style:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void foobar(bool zoo)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (zoo)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
          foo();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-using.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-finding.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-refactoring.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Finding and Replacing
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To search through the currently open file:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Press \key Ctrl+F or select \gui Edit > \gui Find/Replace >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Find/Replace}.
 | 
						|
        \o Enter the text you are looking for.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           If the text is found, all occurrences are highlighted as you type.
 | 
						|
        \o To go to the next occurrence, click \inlineimage qtcreator-next.png
 | 
						|
           , or press \key F3. To go to the previous occurrence click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-previous.png
 | 
						|
           , or press \key Shift+F3.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can restrict the search in the \gui Find field by selecting one
 | 
						|
    or several search criteria:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To make your search case sensitive, select
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-casesensitive.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
        \o To search only whole words, select
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-wholewords.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
        \o To search using regular expressions, select
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-regularexpressions.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
           Regular expressions used in Qt Creator are modeled on Perl regular
 | 
						|
           expressions. For more information on using regular expressions, see
 | 
						|
           \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.6/qregexp.html#details}
 | 
						|
           {Detailed Description} in the QRegExp Class Reference.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note If you have selected text before selecting \gui Find/Replace, the
 | 
						|
    search is conducted within the selection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To replace occurrences of the existing text, enter the new text in the
 | 
						|
    \gui{Replace with} field.
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To replace the selected occurrence and move to the next one,
 | 
						|
           click \inlineimage qtcreator-next.png
 | 
						|
           or press \key Ctrl+=.
 | 
						|
        \o To replace the selected occurrence and move to the previous one,
 | 
						|
           click \inlineimage qtcreator-previous.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
        \o To replace all occurrences in the file, click \gui{Replace All}.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Advanced Search
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To search through projects, files on a file system or the currently open
 | 
						|
    file:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Press \key Ctrl+Shift+F or select \gui Edit >
 | 
						|
           \gui Find/Replace > \gui{Advanced Find} >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Open Advanced Find...}.
 | 
						|
        \o Select the scope of your search:
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
            \o \gui{All Projects} searches files matching the defined file
 | 
						|
               pattern in all currently open projects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               For example, to search for \tt previewer only in \tt .cpp
 | 
						|
               and \tt .h files, enter in \gui{File pattern}
 | 
						|
               \tt *.cpp,*.h.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               \image qtcreator-search-allprojects.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \gui{Current Project} searches files matching the defined file
 | 
						|
               pattern only in the project you are currently editing.
 | 
						|
            \o \gui{Files on File System} recursively searches files matching
 | 
						|
               the defined file pattern in the selected directory.
 | 
						|
            \o \gui{Current File} searches only the current file.
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
        \o Enter the text you are looking for and click \gui Search.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-searchresults.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           A list of files containing the searched text is displayed in the
 | 
						|
           \gui{Search Results} pane.
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
            \o To see all occurrences in a file, double-click the file name in
 | 
						|
               the list.
 | 
						|
            \o To go to an occurrence, double-click it.
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-finding.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-refactoring.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-locator.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Refactoring
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Code refactoring is the process of changing the code without modifying the
 | 
						|
    existing functionality of your application. By refactoring your code you
 | 
						|
    can:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Improve internal quality of your application
 | 
						|
        \o Improve performance and extensibility
 | 
						|
        \o Improve code readability and maintainability
 | 
						|
        \o Simplify code structure
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Finding Symbols
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To find the use of a specific symbol in your project:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o In the editor place the cursor on the symbol and select \gui Tools
 | 
						|
           > \gui C++ > \gui{Find Usages} or press
 | 
						|
           \key Ctrl+Shift+U.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           Qt Creator looks for the symbol in the following locations:
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
            \o Files listed as a part of the project
 | 
						|
            \o Files directly used by the project files (for example, generated
 | 
						|
               files)
 | 
						|
            \o Header files of used frameworks and libraries
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
        \o The \gui{Search Results} pane opens and shows the location and
 | 
						|
           number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-refactoring-find.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can browse the search results in the following ways:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To go directly to an instance, double-click the instance in the
 | 
						|
           \gui{Search Results} pane.
 | 
						|
        \o To move between instances, click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-forward.png
 | 
						|
           and
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-back.png
 | 
						|
           in the \gui{Search Results} pane.
 | 
						|
        \o To expand and collapse the list of all instances, click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-expand.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
        \o To clear the search results, click \inlineimage qtcreator-clear.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Renaming Symbols
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The functions used to rename symbols depends on whether you are
 | 
						|
    writing C++ or QML code. For QML, you can only rename IDs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To rename a specific symbol in a Qt project:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o In the editor, place the cursor on the symbol you would like to
 | 
						|
           change and select \gui Tools > \gui C++ >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Rename Symbol Under Cursor} or press \key Ctrl+Shift+R.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           The \gui{Search Results} pane opens and shows the location and
 | 
						|
           number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-refactoring-replace.png
 | 
						|
        \o To replace all selected instances, enter the name of the new symbol
 | 
						|
           in the \gui{Replace with} text box and click \gui Replace.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           To omit an instance, uncheck the check-box next to the instance.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \note This action replaces all selected instances of the symbol in
 | 
						|
           all files listed in the \gui{Search Results} pane. You cannot
 | 
						|
           undo this action.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Renaming local symbols does not open the \gui{Search Results} pane.
 | 
						|
    The instances of the symbol are highlighted in code and you can edit the
 | 
						|
    symbol. All instances of the local symbol are changed as you type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To rename an ID in a Qt Quick project:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Right-click an ID in the QML code and select
 | 
						|
        \gui {Rename id}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui {Rename id} field, enter the new ID.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   \endlist
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-qml-application.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-project-managing.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-project-creating.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Managing Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    One of the major advantages of Qt Creator is that it allows a team of
 | 
						|
    developers to share a project across different development platforms with a common
 | 
						|
    tool for development and debugging.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The recommended way to build a project is to use a \l{Using Version Control Systems} {version control system}.
 | 
						|
    Store and edit only project source files and the .pro and .pri files (for qmake)
 | 
						|
    or CMakeLists.txt and *.cmake files (for CMake). Do not store
 | 
						|
    files generated by the build system or Qt Creator, such as makefiles,
 | 
						|
    .pro.user, and object files. Other approaches are possible,
 | 
						|
    but we recommend that you do not use network resources, for example.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator allows you to specify separate \l{Building for Multiple Targets} {build settings}
 | 
						|
    for each development platform. By default, \l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow builds} are used to
 | 
						|
    keep the build specific files separate from the source.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can create separate versions of project files to keep platform-dependent
 | 
						|
    code separate. You can use qmake
 | 
						|
    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.2/qmake-tutorial.html#adding-platform-specific-source-files}{scopes}
 | 
						|
    to select the file to process depending on which platform qmake is run on.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Items such as open files, breakpoints, and watches are stored in
 | 
						|
    \l{Managing Sessions}{sessions}. They are not considered to be part of the
 | 
						|
    information shared across platforms.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator is integrated with cross-platform systems for build automation:
 | 
						|
    qmake and CMake. In addition, you can import generic projects that do not use qmake
 | 
						|
    or CMake, and specify that Qt Creator ignores your build system.
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o To use \bold{qmake} to build applications, open a \c .pro file. For more
 | 
						|
          information, see \l{Setting Up a qmake Project}.
 | 
						|
       \o To use \bold{CMake} to build applications you need to have CMake version
 | 
						|
          2.8.0 or later installed. For more information, see
 | 
						|
          \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}.
 | 
						|
       \o To use \bold{other build systems} to build applications, specify which files belong to
 | 
						|
          your project and which include directories or defines you want to pass
 | 
						|
          to your compiler. For more information, see
 | 
						|
          \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator provides support for \l{Building and Running Applications}{building and running} Qt applications for
 | 
						|
    desktop environment and mobile devices. When you install the Nokia Qt SDK,
 | 
						|
    the build and run settings for the Maemo and Symbian targets are set up
 | 
						|
    automatically. However, you need to install and configure some additional software
 | 
						|
    on the devices:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note The only supported build system for mobile applications in Qt
 | 
						|
    Creator is qmake.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Once your mobile application is ready, you can test it in the Qt Simulator.
 | 
						|
    You can also connect Maemo and Symbian devices to your development PC and
 | 
						|
    debug applications on the devices. After you have tested the application,
 | 
						|
    you can deploy it on mobile devices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Developing applications for mobile devices is different from developing
 | 
						|
    desktop applications. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To change the location of the project directory, and to make changes in
 | 
						|
    the build and run settings, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Projects} > \gui{General}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 External Libraries
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Through external libraries Qt Creator can support code completion and
 | 
						|
    syntax highlighting for external libraries as if they were a part of the
 | 
						|
    current project or the Qt library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The procedure of adding a library to a project depends on the type of
 | 
						|
    project, which influences the build system used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o For information on adding external libraries to qmake projects, see
 | 
						|
          \l{Adding External Libraries to a qmake Project}.
 | 
						|
       \o For information on adding external libraries to CMake projects, see
 | 
						|
          \l{Adding External Libraries to a CMake Project}.
 | 
						|
   \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-project-managing.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-project-creating.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-project-qmake.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Creating a Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You use wizards to create and import several types of projects and files, such
 | 
						|
    as Qt GUI or console applications and Qt Quick applications.
 | 
						|
    You can also use
 | 
						|
    wizards to add individual files to your projects. For example, you can create
 | 
						|
    the following types of files:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Qt resource files, which allow you to store binary files in the
 | 
						|
        application executable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \QD forms and Qt QML files, which specify parts of application user
 | 
						|
        interfaces
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o C++ class, source, or header files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The wizards prompt you to enter the settings needed
 | 
						|
    for that particular type of project and create the necessary files for you.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-new-project.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Project Wizards
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To create a new project:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project} and select the type of your
 | 
						|
           project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           The contents of the following dialogs depend on the project type.
 | 
						|
           Follow the instructions of the wizard.
 | 
						|
           This example uses \gui {Qt Gui Application}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Name the project and set its path. To select the path from a
 | 
						|
           directory tree, click \gui Browse.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           Avoid using spaces and special characters in the project name and
 | 
						|
           path.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-intro-and-location.png
 | 
						|
        \o Specify the name of the class you want to create and using the
 | 
						|
           drop-down menu select its base class type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           Note that the \gui{Header file}, \gui{Source file} and
 | 
						|
           \gui{Form file} fields are automatically updated as you name your
 | 
						|
           class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-class-info.png
 | 
						|
        \o Review the project settings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           To create the project, click \gui Finish.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-new-project-summary.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Adding New Project Wizards
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you have a team working on a large application or several applications,
 | 
						|
    you might want to standardize the way the team members create projects
 | 
						|
    and classes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the wizard templates in the \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards}
 | 
						|
    folder to create your own project and class wizards. Qt Creator looks in the
 | 
						|
    folder and adds all wizards defined in wizard.xml files to the \gui New dialog
 | 
						|
    that opens when you select \gui {File > New File or Project}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In a project wizard, you can specify the files needed in a project.
 | 
						|
    You can add wizard pages to allow developers to specify settings for the
 | 
						|
    projcet.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In a class wizard, you can allow developers to specify the class name, base
 | 
						|
    class, and header and source files for the class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To see how this works, rename wizard_example.xml as wizard.xml in the helloworld
 | 
						|
    and listmodels folders. After you restart Qt Creator, the \gui {Custom Classes}
 | 
						|
    and \gui {Custom Projects} categories appear in the \gui New dialog.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-custom-project-wizards.png "The New dialog with custom projects and classes"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Creating Project Wizards
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To create a project wizard:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Make a copy of the \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/helloworld} or
 | 
						|
        \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/listmodel} folder.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Modify the wizard_example.xml file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o The following code determines the type of the wizard and its place
 | 
						|
        in the \gui New dialog:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <wizard version="1" kind="project"
 | 
						|
        class="qt4project" firstpage="10"
 | 
						|
        id="A.HelloWorld" category="B.CustomProjects">
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c version is the version of the file contents. Do not modify this value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c kind specifies the type of the wizard: \c project or \c class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c class specifies the type of the project. Currently the only available
 | 
						|
            type is \c qt4project, which specifies a Qt console project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c firstpage specifies the place of the new page in the standard project
 | 
						|
            wizard. The value 10 ensures that the custom page appears after the standard
 | 
						|
            pages, as the last page of the wizard.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c id is the unique identifier for your wizard. The letter specifies the
 | 
						|
            position of the wizard within the \c category. The HelloWorld wizard appears
 | 
						|
            as the first wizard in the second category in the \gui New dialog.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c category is the category in which to place the wizard in the list.
 | 
						|
            The letter specifies the position of the category in the list in the \gui New
 | 
						|
            dialog.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o The following code specifies the icon and text that appear in the \gui New
 | 
						|
         dialog:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <icon>console.png</icon>
 | 
						|
        <description>Creates a hello-world-project with custom message.</description>
 | 
						|
        <description xml:lang="de">Erzeugt ein Hello-Welt-Projekt mit einer Nachricht.</description>
 | 
						|
        <displayname>Hello World</displayname>;
 | 
						|
        <displayname xml:lang="de">Hallo Welt</displayname>;
 | 
						|
        <displaycategory>Custom Projects</displaycategory>
 | 
						|
        <displaycategory xml:lang="de">Benutzerdefinierte Projekte</displaycategory>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c icon appears next to the \c displayName.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c description appears at the bottom of the \gui New dialog when you
 | 
						|
            select the display name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c displayName appears in the \gui New dialog, under the
 | 
						|
            \c displayCategory.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            You can add translations as values for the text elements. Specify the target
 | 
						|
            language as an attribute for the element. Use locale names (QLocale).
 | 
						|
            For example, \c {xml:lang="de"}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <files>
 | 
						|
            <file source="main.cpp" openeditor="true" />
 | 
						|
            <file source="project.pro" target="%ProjectName%.pro" openproject="true" />
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c source specifies the file to copy to the project. The files must be
 | 
						|
            located in the wizard folder.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c target specifies the new filename for the file. The \c {%ProjectName%}
 | 
						|
            variable is replaced with the string that users specify in the \gui Name
 | 
						|
            field on the first page of the wizard.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c openproject indicates that the file is a project file which is to be opened
 | 
						|
            after the wizard has finished.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c openeditor indicates that the file is to be opened in an editor after
 | 
						|
            the wizard has finished.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o The following code creates a page that specifies settings for the project:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <!-- Create a 2nd wizard page with parameters -->
 | 
						|
        <fieldpagetitle>Hello World Parameters</fieldpagetitle>
 | 
						|
        <fieldpagetitle xml:lang="de">Hallo Welt Parameter</fieldpagetitle>
 | 
						|
        <fields>
 | 
						|
            <field mandatory="true" name="MESSAGE">
 | 
						|
                <fieldcontrol class="QLineEdit" validator='^[^"]+$'  defaulttext="Hello world!" />
 | 
						|
                <fielddescription>Hello world message:</fielddescription>
 | 
						|
                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Hallo-Welt-Nachricht:</fielddescription>
 | 
						|
            </field>
 | 
						|
        </fields>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c fieldpagetitle specifies the title of the page.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c field specifies whether the field is mandatory (\c true or \c false).
 | 
						|
            You can use the value of the \c name field as a variable in other files (for
 | 
						|
            example, \c {%MESSAGE%}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c fieldcontrol specifies the field. \c class specifies the field type.
 | 
						|
            You can use interface objects from the QWidget class to create fields. This
 | 
						|
            example uses QLineEdit to create an input field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c validator specifies a regular expression to check the characters allowed in
 | 
						|
            the field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c defaulttext specifies text that appears in the field by default.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o \c fielddescription specifies the field name that appears on the wizard page.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Creating Class Wizards
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The widget.xml file for a class wizard is very similar to that for a project
 | 
						|
    wizard. The differences are discussed below.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To create a class wizard:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o The following code specifies settings for the wizard:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <wizard version="1" kind="class" id="A.ListModel" category="B.CustomClasses">
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           <description>Creates a QAbstractListModel implementation.</description>
 | 
						|
           <description xml:lang="de">Erzeugt eine Implementierung von QAbstractListModel.</description>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           <displayname>QAbstractListModel implementation</displayname>
 | 
						|
           <displayname xml:lang="de">Implementierung von QAbstractListModel</displayname>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           <displaycategory>Custom Classes</displaycategory>
 | 
						|
           <displaycategory xml:lang="de">Benutzerdefinierte Klassen</displaycategory>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        For more information about the elements and their values, see
 | 
						|
        \l {Creating Project Wizards}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <files>
 | 
						|
            <file source="listmodel.cpp" target="%ClassName:l%.%CppSourceSuffix%"  openeditor="true" />
 | 
						|
            <file source="listmodel.h" target="%ClassName:l%.%CppHeaderSuffix%"  openeditor="true" />
 | 
						|
        </files>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Here, \c target contains the following variables that are used to construct
 | 
						|
        the filename:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \c {%ClassName:l%} is replaced with the value of the \c ClassName field.
 | 
						|
        The modifier \c l converts the string to lower case, to observe Qt
 | 
						|
        conventions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} is replaced by the default source suffix, which
 | 
						|
        is defined in Qt Creator in \gui {Tools > Options... > C++ > File Naming}.
 | 
						|
        For example, if users enter \bold MyClass, the filename becomes myclass.cpp
 | 
						|
        when the project is created.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} is replaced by the default header suffix, which
 | 
						|
        is also defined in \gui {File Naming}. Here, the filename would
 | 
						|
        become myclass.h.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o The following code creates a page that allows users to select the class
 | 
						|
        name, base class, and header and source files for the class:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <!-- Create parameter wizard page -->
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        <fieldpagetitle>ListModel parameters</fieldpagetitle>
 | 
						|
        <fieldpagetitle xml:lang="de">Parameter des ListModel</fieldpagetitle>
 | 
						|
        <fields>
 | 
						|
            <field name="ClassName">
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                <fieldcontrol class="QLineEdit" validator="^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$" defaulttext="MyListModel" />
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                <fielddescription>Class name:</fielddescription>
 | 
						|
                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Klassenname:</fielddescription>
 | 
						|
            </field>
 | 
						|
            <field name="Datatype">
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                <fieldcontrol class="QComboBox" combochoices="QString,int" defaultindex="0" />
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                <fielddescription>Data type:</fielddescription>
 | 
						|
                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Datentyp:</fielddescription>
 | 
						|
            </field>
 | 
						|
        </fields>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        In addition to QLineEdit, QComboBox is used in the class wizard to create
 | 
						|
        a field. \c combochoices specifies the options in the combobox and
 | 
						|
        \c defaultindex specifies that QString is the default value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-project-creating.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-project-qmake.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-project-cmake.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Setting Up a qmake Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The qmake tool helps simplify the build process for development projects
 | 
						|
    across different platforms. qmake automates the generation of makefiles
 | 
						|
    so that only a few lines of information are needed to create each makefile.
 | 
						|
    qmake can be used for any software project, whether it is written in Qt or not.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The qmake tool generates a makefile based on the information in a project
 | 
						|
    file that is generated by Qt Creator. It can generate makefiles for MinGW,
 | 
						|
    Microsoft Visual studio, and CSL ARM in Windows, and GNU Compiler Collection
 | 
						|
    (GCC) in Linux and Mac OS X.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about qmake, see the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.2/qmake-manual.html}{qmake Manual}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Selecting the Qt Version
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator allows you to have multiple versions of Qt installed on
 | 
						|
    your development PC and use different versions for each of your projects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If Qt Creator finds \bold qmake in the \c{PATH} environment variable, it uses
 | 
						|
    that version. The \l{glossary-system-qt}{ qmake version of Qt} is referred
 | 
						|
    to as \bold{Qt in PATH}. If you intend to use only one version of Qt and it
 | 
						|
    is already in the \c{PATH} and correctly set up for command line use, you do
 | 
						|
    not need to manually configure your Qt version.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Windows
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add a Qt version for \bold MinGW:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Qt Versions}.
 | 
						|
        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-windows-add.png
 | 
						|
           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name} field.
 | 
						|
        \o Enter the qmake binary path in the \gui{qmake Location}.
 | 
						|
        \o Enter the MinGW installation path in the \gui{MinGW Directory}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-mingw.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add a Qt version for a \bold{Microsoft Visual C++} compiler:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Qt Versions}.
 | 
						|
        \o Qt Creator automatically sets the correct environment variables for
 | 
						|
           compilation. Select the internal version number of the installed
 | 
						|
           Microsoft Visual C++ tool chains using the \gui MSVC drop-down
 | 
						|
           box:
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
               \o \bold 7.1 for Visual Studio 2003
 | 
						|
               \o \bold 8.0 for Visual Studio 2005
 | 
						|
               \o \bold 9.0 for Visual Studio 2008
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \note If you are using the
 | 
						|
           \bold{Windows SDK for Windows Server 2008}, Qt Creator identifies
 | 
						|
           it as version 9.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-msvc.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you are using \bold{Qt for Symbian} and your Symbian SDK is registered
 | 
						|
    with devices.exe, Qt Creator automatically detects the Qt version. To add a
 | 
						|
    Qt for Symbian version:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Qt Versions}.
 | 
						|
        \o Select the \gui{S60 SDK} you want the Qt Creator to use.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-symbian.png
 | 
						|
        \o To build an application for your device using GCCE, enter the path
 | 
						|
           to the \bold{CSL ARM Toolchain} directory in
 | 
						|
           \gui{CSL\\GCCE Directory}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           You do not need to specify this path if the compiler is included in
 | 
						|
           the \c{PATH} environment variable.
 | 
						|
        \o To build an application for the emulator (WINSCW toolchain), enter
 | 
						|
           the path to your Carbide C++ installation directory in
 | 
						|
           \gui{Carbide directory}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \note You need to have Carbide C++ version 2.0 or later installed.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Compiling Projects With Linux
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To compile a project in Qt Creator, Linux uses GNU Compiler Collection
 | 
						|
    (GCC). Intel Compiler Collection (ICC) is supported as a drop-in
 | 
						|
    replacement for GCC.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add a Qt version:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Qt Versions}.
 | 
						|
        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-linux-add.png
 | 
						|
           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name}.
 | 
						|
        \o Enter the path to the qmake binary in \gui{Path to qmake}.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Compiling Projects With Mac OS X
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To compile a project in Qt Creator, Mac OS X uses GNU Compiler Collection
 | 
						|
    (GCC), which is part of Xcode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add a Qt version:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{Qt Creator} > \gui Preferences... > \gui{Qt Versions}.
 | 
						|
        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-macosx-add.png
 | 
						|
           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name}.
 | 
						|
        \o Enter the path to the qmake binary in \gui{Path to qmake}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Adding External Libraries to a qmake Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Through external libraries Qt Creator can support code completion and
 | 
						|
    syntax highlighting as if they were part of the current project or the Qt
 | 
						|
    library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add an external library:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Open your project file (.pro) using the \gui Projects pane.
 | 
						|
        \o Follow the instructions at \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qmake-project-files.html#declaring-other-libraries}
 | 
						|
           {Declaring other Libraries}.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Syntax completion and highlighting work once your project successfully
 | 
						|
    builds and links against the external library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage quick-application-logic.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-building-running.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-building-targets.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Building and Running Applications
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator provides support for building and running Qt applications for
 | 
						|
    desktop environment and mobile devices. When you install the Nokia Qt SDK,
 | 
						|
    the build and run settings for the Maemo and Symbian targets are
 | 
						|
    set up automatically.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can add a target if the necessary tool chain is installed on the
 | 
						|
    development PC and the Qt version is configured. Click
 | 
						|
    \inlineimage qtcreator-qt4-addbutton.png "Add Target button"
 | 
						|
    and select from a list of available
 | 
						|
    targets. To remove a target, select it and click
 | 
						|
    \inlineimage qtcreator-target-remove.png "Remove Target button"
 | 
						|
    .
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can select the targets and click the \gui Run button to build and
 | 
						|
    run the applications on the targets.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \section1 Setting Up a Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To view and modify the settings for currently open projects, switch to the
 | 
						|
    \gui Projects mode by pressing \key Ctrl+5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-projectpane.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The project pane consists of the following tabs:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Building for Multiple Targets}{Targets}
 | 
						|
       \note If you have installed only one tool chain, the \gui Targets
 | 
						|
       tab is replaced by a \gui {Build and Run} tab.
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Specifying Editor Settings}{Editor Settings}
 | 
						|
       \o \l{Specifying Dependencies}{Dependencies}
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Use the \gui Build and \gui Run buttons to switch between
 | 
						|
    the build and run settings for the active project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you have multiple projects open in Qt Creator, use
 | 
						|
    \gui{Select a Project} option at the top to navigate between different
 | 
						|
    project edits.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-building-running.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-building-targets.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-build-settings.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Building for Multiple Targets
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Different build configurations allow you to quickly switch between
 | 
						|
    different build settings. By default, Qt Creator creates \bold debug
 | 
						|
    and \bold release build configurations.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Building for Desktop
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Desktop as the target.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click the \gui Run button.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Building for Qt Simulator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the Qt Simulator to test Qt applications that are intended
 | 
						|
    for mobile devices in an environment similar to that of the device. You
 | 
						|
    can change the information that the device has about its configuration
 | 
						|
    and environment.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui {Qt Simulator} as the target.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click the \gui Run button.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about using the Qt Simulator, see the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qt-simulator-beta/index.html}{Qt Simulator Manual}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Building for Maemo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Build and run the application for \l{Building for Qt Simulator}{Qt Simulator}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Build and run the application for \l{Using the Maemo Emulator}{Maemo Emulator}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Alternatively, you can build and run the application for a device:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Set up the MADDE development environment and specify a connection
 | 
						|
        to the device. For more information, see
 | 
						|
        \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Connect the device to the development PC.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click the \gui Run button.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Qt Creator uses the compiler specified in the MADDE toolchain to
 | 
						|
        build the application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Qt Creator generates an installation package, installs in on the device,
 | 
						|
        and executes it. The application views are displayed on the Nokia N900.
 | 
						|
        Command-line
 | 
						|
        output is visible in the Qt Creator \gui {Application Output} view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Debugging also works transparently.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \section2 Creating Installation Packages
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        When you build the application for the \gui{Maemo} target, Qt
 | 
						|
        Creator automatically generates a debian installation package
 | 
						|
        in the project folder. You can deliver the installation package to
 | 
						|
        users for installation on Maemo devices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        You can add other files to the installation package in the
 | 
						|
        \gui {Create package} step in the build configuration. Add files
 | 
						|
        to the \gui {Package contents} field. In \gui {Local File Path},
 | 
						|
        specify the location of the file on the development PC. In
 | 
						|
        \gui {Remote File Path}, specify the folder to install the file on
 | 
						|
        the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-maemo-deb-package.png "Create installation package"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Building for Symbian
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Build and run the application for \l{Building for Qt Simulator}{Qt Simulator}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o If no problems are found, build and run the application for a device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To test functionality that uses Symbian APIs, you can build and
 | 
						|
        run the application for Symbian Emulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The build configuration for the \gui{Symbian Device} target
 | 
						|
    uses the GCCE tool chain by default. If you want to build
 | 
						|
    for the device using RVCT, select it in the \gui {Tool chain} field
 | 
						|
    in the \gui{General} section.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Building and Running for a Device
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Install the required software on the device. For more information, see
 | 
						|
        \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Connect the device to the development PC through a USB cable.
 | 
						|
        The target selector displays a green check mark when a
 | 
						|
        device is connected.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-device-connected.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The tool tip of the target selector shows more details about the actual
 | 
						|
        device that will be used when you run your application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Start the \gui{App TRK} application on your device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click the \gui Run button.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can connect several devices to your development PC simultaneously.
 | 
						|
    In the details of the run configuration for the \gui{Symbian Device} target,
 | 
						|
    select the device to run your application on.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section3 Creating Installation Packages
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you build the application for the \gui{Symbian Device} target, Qt
 | 
						|
    Creator automatically generates a Symbian installation system (SIS) file
 | 
						|
    in the project folder. You can deliver the installation file to users for
 | 
						|
    installation on Symbian devices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Only installation files signed with a certificate and private key are
 | 
						|
    allowed to be installed onto Symbian devices. By default, Qt Creator
 | 
						|
    self-signs the installation file. This self-signing allows you to install
 | 
						|
    the application on a mobile  device but places limits on what you can do
 | 
						|
    with the installation file, including:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o  Self-signed applications cannot access the more sensitive
 | 
						|
           \l{Capabilities and Signing}{capabilities} of the mobile device.
 | 
						|
       \o  Security warnings will be displayed when you install the self-signed
 | 
						|
           application on a mobile device.
 | 
						|
       \o  Self-signed applications cannot be distributed commercially on Ovi
 | 
						|
           Store.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To get around these limitations, you need to go through the Symbian Signed
 | 
						|
    process. The Symbian Signed organisation manages a public key
 | 
						|
    infrastructure to provide public authentication of the information in the
 | 
						|
    application signing certificates. Their security partner can validate your
 | 
						|
    certificate and give you a Publisher ID. Then, when you sign an
 | 
						|
    application, other people can be confident that the information in your
 | 
						|
    certificate is correct and that the application does actually come from you.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    There are also options that do not require you to get a Publisher ID. For
 | 
						|
    more detail about how the Symbian Signed process works, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Complete_Guide_To_Symbian_Signed}
 | 
						|
    {Complete Guide to Symbian Signed}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you have your own certificate and private key, you can specify them in
 | 
						|
    the \gui{Create sis Package} step in your build configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-signing.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section3 Capabilities and Signing
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Capabilities allow the Symbian platform to control access by applications to
 | 
						|
    the functionality provided by the platform APIs. Access to capabilities is
 | 
						|
    determined by the device configuration and how the application has been signed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Symbian Signed offers the following signing options depending on the
 | 
						|
    capabilities that the application accesses:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \bold{Express signed} for applications that access only user and system
 | 
						|
        capabilities.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \bold{Certified signed} for applications that access also restricted or
 | 
						|
        device manufacturer capabilities.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \note You need to request the rights to access device manufacturer
 | 
						|
        capabilities from the manufacturer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about how to choose the appropriate signing option, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Symbian_Signed_For_Distributing_Your_Application}{Symbian Signed For Distributing Your Application}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you select a signing option that does not allow the application to access
 | 
						|
    the defined capabilities, installing the application on mobile devices
 | 
						|
    fails. To avoid problems, only define capabilities and link libraries to a project
 | 
						|
    if you really need them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about capabilities and how you can check which ones you
 | 
						|
    need, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Capabilities_(Symbian_Signed)}{Capabilities (Symbian Signed)}
 | 
						|
    and
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/platform-notes-symbian.html#required-capabilities}{Required Capabilities for Qt Applications}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information on how to define capabilities for a project, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qmake-platform-notes.html#capabilities}{Capabilities}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section3 Application UID
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A UID is a globally unique identifier that is used to
 | 
						|
    uniquely identify, for example, an object or file type. In Symbian development,
 | 
						|
    objects are identified by compound identifiers that are constructed from three
 | 
						|
    UIDs, namely UID1, UID2, and UID3. UID1 and UID2 specify the category of an
 | 
						|
    object, whereas UID3 identifies a particular object, such as an application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you create a \gui {Mobile Qt Application}, Qt Creator adds a UID3 suitable for
 | 
						|
    development and debugging automatically to the application .pro file. However, to
 | 
						|
    distribute your application and get it Symbian signed, you must apply for a UID
 | 
						|
    from Symbian, who manages the allocation of UIDs. You can request UIDs either one
 | 
						|
    at a time or as preallocated blocks on the \l{https://www.symbiansigned.com/app/page}{Symbian Signed}
 | 
						|
    web site.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Replace the testing UID with the distribution UID in the .pro file before you
 | 
						|
    build the final installation package. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qmake-platform-notes.html#unique-identifiers}{Unique Identifiers}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Building and Running for Symbian Emulator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Select
 | 
						|
    the \gui{Symbian Emulator} target as the active one, and build and run your
 | 
						|
    project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Troubleshooting
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you cannot build the application, check if:
 | 
						|
     \list
 | 
						|
        \o You selected the Symbian Device target for building the application.
 | 
						|
        \o The settings for the Qt version you use to build your project are
 | 
						|
           correct. The path to the Symbian SDK must point to the Symbian SDK
 | 
						|
           installation directory.  Select \gui Tools > \gui Options...
 | 
						|
           > \gui Debugger > \gui{Symbian TRK} and check if it points to the
 | 
						|
           debugger toolchain.
 | 
						|
     \endlist
 | 
						|
    If you cannot run the application on a device, check if:
 | 
						|
     \list
 | 
						|
        \o The device is connected through the USB cable in \e{PC Suite} mode.
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{App TRK} is running on the device, using the USB connection,
 | 
						|
           with the status \e connected.
 | 
						|
        \o The device is detected and selected in the run configuration
 | 
						|
           details.
 | 
						|
     \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you cannot run the application in the emulator, check if:
 | 
						|
     \list
 | 
						|
        \o You selected the \gui{Symbian Emulator} target for your application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o If you cannot select \gui {Symbian Emulator} as target, check that
 | 
						|
        Carbide.c++ is installed correctly and that the path to the Carbide.c++
 | 
						|
        installation directory is specified in the \gui{Carbide directory} field
 | 
						|
        in the build settings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o If the emulator process cannot be started, try closing Qt Creator and
 | 
						|
           starting the application directly from your file manager. Having
 | 
						|
           done this, Qt Creator should be able to run your projects in the
 | 
						|
           emulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \note Qt Creator does not create release configurations for the
 | 
						|
     \gui {Symbian Emulator} target, because Symbian Emulator supports only debug
 | 
						|
     builds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If this does not help to solve your problem, search the qt-creator@trolltech.com
 | 
						|
    mailing list archives or provide feedback to us via the methods described on the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/pages/Home}{Qt Creator Development Wiki}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Building with Remote Compiler
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui {Remote Compiler} target is an interface to a compilation service at
 | 
						|
    Forum Nokia. It provides a simple, standardized environment for building Qt
 | 
						|
    applications and creating installation packages for Symbian and Maemo devices
 | 
						|
    when you do not have the necessary tool chains and SDKs installed or they are
 | 
						|
    not supported on the development PC. You can choose from a set of supported
 | 
						|
    devices, such as S60 3rd Edition or S60 5th Edition devices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Remote Compiler is an experimental component that you must install
 | 
						|
    separately from the package that is included in the Nokia Qt SDK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the Nokia Qt SDK installation directory, double-click
 | 
						|
        SDKMaintenanceTool.exe to install \gui {Experimental APIs}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In Qt Creator, choose \gui {Tools > Options > Projects > Remote Compiler}
 | 
						|
        to log on to Forum Nokia.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image remotecompiler-fn-logon.png "Remote Compiler options"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Choose \gui {Projects}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click
 | 
						|
        \inlineimage qtcreator-qt4-addbutton.png "Add Target button"
 | 
						|
        and select \gui {Remote Compiler} to add Remote Compiler as a target.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui Add to add mobile device platforms as build configurations.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click the \gui {Target Selector} and select a build configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Choose \gui {Build > Build All}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The installation package is generated in the \gui {Build directory} on
 | 
						|
    the development PC.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about Remote Compiler, choose \gui {Help > Contents >
 | 
						|
    Remote Compiler}. The document is added during the installation of experimental
 | 
						|
    APIs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-building-targets.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-build-settings.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-run-settings.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Specifying Build Settings
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You specify build settings in the \gui Projects mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-projectpane.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add a new build configuration, click \gui Add and select the type of
 | 
						|
    configuration you would like to add. You can add as many build
 | 
						|
    configurations as you need.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To delete the build configuration currently selected, click \gui Remove.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Editing Build Configurations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To edit a build configuration:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select the build configuration you want to edit in
 | 
						|
           \gui{Edit Build Configuration}.
 | 
						|
        \o In section \gui General, you can specify:
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
            \o The \l{glossary-project-qt}{Qt version} you want to use to
 | 
						|
               build your project. For more information, see
 | 
						|
               \l{Selecting the Qt version}.
 | 
						|
            \o The tool chain required to build the project.
 | 
						|
            \o By default, projects are built in a separate directory
 | 
						|
               from the source directory, as \l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow builds}.
 | 
						|
               This keeps the files generated for each target platform separate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               \note Shadow building is not supported by the Symbian build system.
 | 
						|
               Also, shadow building on Windows is not supported for Maemo.
 | 
						|
               If you only build for one target platform, you can deselect
 | 
						|
               the \gui{Shadow Build} checkbox.
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Build Steps
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The build system of Qt Creator is built on qmake and make. In
 | 
						|
    \gui{Build Steps} you can change the settings for qmake and make. Qt
 | 
						|
    Creator runs the make command using the Qt version defined for the current
 | 
						|
    build configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-build-steps.png "Build steps"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Clean Steps
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the cleaning process to remove intermediate files. This process
 | 
						|
    might help you to fix obscure issues during the process of building a
 | 
						|
    project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-clean-steps.png "Clean steps"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can define the cleaning steps for your builds in the \gui{Clean Steps}:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To add a clean step using make or a custom process, click
 | 
						|
           \gui{Add clean step} and select the type of step you want to add.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           By default, custom steps are disabled. Activate custom steps by
 | 
						|
           checking the \gui{Enable Custom Process Step} check-box.
 | 
						|
        \o To remove a clean step, click \gui{Remove clean step} and select the
 | 
						|
           step you want to remove.
 | 
						|
        \o To change the order of steps, click
 | 
						|
           \inlineimage qtcreator-movestep.png
 | 
						|
           .
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Build Environment
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can specify the environment you want to use for building in the
 | 
						|
    \bold{Build Environment} section. By default, the environment in which Qt
 | 
						|
    Creator was started is used and modified to include the Qt version.
 | 
						|
    Depending on the selected Qt version, Qt Creator automatically sets the
 | 
						|
    necessary environment variables. You can edit existing environment
 | 
						|
    variables or add, reset and unset new variables based on your project
 | 
						|
    requirements.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-build-settings.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-run-settings.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-settings.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Specifying Run Settings
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator automatically creates run configurations for your project.
 | 
						|
    To view and modify the settings, select \gui {Projects > Run}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The settings to specify depend on the type of the project: qmake project
 | 
						|
    or Qt Quick project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Click \gui Add to add run settings for a project and \gui Remove to remove
 | 
						|
    the current settings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Specifying Run Settings for qmake Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The run configurations for qmake projects derive their executable from the parsed .pro
 | 
						|
    files.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Specifying Run Settings for Desktop Targets
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can specify command line arguments to be passed to the executable
 | 
						|
    and the working directory to use. The working directory defaults to
 | 
						|
    the directory of the build result.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For console applications, check the \gui{Run in Terminal} check box.
 | 
						|
    If you need to run with special environment variables set up, you
 | 
						|
    also do it in the run configuration settings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-pprunsettings.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can also create custom executable run configurations where you
 | 
						|
    can set the executable to be run. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Specifying a Custom Executable to Run}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Specifying Run Settings for Symbian Devices
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator automatically detects Symbian devices that are connected to
 | 
						|
    the development PC with an USB cable.
 | 
						|
    If only one device is detected, the application is deployed
 | 
						|
    and run on it. If multiple devices are connected to the PC,
 | 
						|
    make sure that the correct device is selected in the
 | 
						|
    \gui {Symbian Device} run settings for your project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can also pass command line arguments to your application on the device.
 | 
						|
    Press the \gui{Device info button} to get more information about the selected
 | 
						|
    device, such as the CPU type and the running TRK version.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-symbian-run-settings.png "Run settings for Symbian devices"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Specifying Run Settings for Maemo Devices
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To run an application on a Maemo device, create and select
 | 
						|
    a device configuration in the Maemo run settings for your project.
 | 
						|
    You can also pass command line arguments to your application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-screenshot-run-settings.png "Run settings for Maemo devices"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Specifying a Custom Executable to Run
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you use cmake or the generic project type in Qt Creator, or want
 | 
						|
    to run a custom desktop executable, create a \gui {Custom Executable}
 | 
						|
    run configuration for your project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Specify the executable to run, command line arguments, working directory,
 | 
						|
    and environment variables to use.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-run-custom-exe.png "Run settings for custom executables"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Specifying Run Settings for Qt Quick Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Select run settings in the \gui {Run configuration} field. The settings
 | 
						|
    are specified automatically and, you mostly need to change them if you
 | 
						|
    develop applications that use both C++ and QML:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {QML Viewer} is the path to the \QQV executable.
 | 
						|
        Qt Creator ships with a specific version of \QQV and imported
 | 
						|
        modules, which is used by default. If you develop applications
 | 
						|
        that use both C++ and QML, you must select the \QQV version
 | 
						|
        shipped with your Qt version here.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {QML Viewer arguments} sets arguments for running \QQV.
 | 
						|
        The \c{-I <directory>} argument searches for C++ or QML plugins from
 | 
						|
        the project folder. For a list of available arguments, enter \c {qml --help}
 | 
						|
        on the command line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {Main QML file} is the Qt Quick project file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {Debugging address} is the IP address to access \QQV.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {Debugging port} is the port to access \QQV. You can use any
 | 
						|
        free port in the registered port range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-run-settings.png "Run settings for Qt Quick projects"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-run-settings.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-settings.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-build-dependencies.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Specifying Editor Settings
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To define the default file encoding, select the desired encoding in \gui Projects >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Editor Settings}. By default, the Qt Creator uses the file encoding
 | 
						|
    used by your system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-editor-settings.png "Editor Settings view"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-settings.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-build-dependencies.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-debugging.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Specifying Dependencies
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you have multiple projects loaded in your session, you can define the
 | 
						|
    dependencies between them. Inter-project dependencies affect the build
 | 
						|
    order of your projects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Inter-project dependencies are unrelated inside a qmake
 | 
						|
    project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-build-dependencies.png "Dependencies view"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To define the dependencies between projects:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o In \gui Projects, select a project.
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui Dependencies.
 | 
						|
        \o Select projects as dependencies.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-quick-tour.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-getting-started.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-build-example-application.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Getting Started
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This section contains examples that illustrate how to use Qt Creator and the
 | 
						|
    integrated design tools, \QD and \QMLD, to create, build, and run simple
 | 
						|
    applications:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o \l{Building and Running an Example Application}
 | 
						|
        \o \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}
 | 
						|
        \o \l{Creating a Mobile Application with Nokia Qt SDK}
 | 
						|
        \o \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-writing-program.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-mobile-example.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-qml-application.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Creating a Mobile Application with Nokia Qt SDK
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note To complete this tutorial, you must install Nokia Qt SDK.
 | 
						|
    The installation program installs and configures the necessary tool chains
 | 
						|
    for mobile application development.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator to create a small Qt
 | 
						|
    application, Battery Indicator, that uses the System Information
 | 
						|
    Mobility API to fetch battery information from the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-batteryindicator-screenshot.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Creating the Battery Indicator Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Create the project with the \gui{Help} mode active so that you can follow
 | 
						|
    these instructions while you work.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt Application Project > Mobile Qt
 | 
						|
        Application > Choose}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-new-mobile-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-mobile-intro-and-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {BatteryIndicator}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
 | 
						|
        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Select Required Qt Versions} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-mobile-project-qt-versions.png "Select Required Qt Versions dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Maemo, \gui {Qt Simulator}, and \gui {Symbian Device} targets,
 | 
						|
        and click \gui{Next}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \note Targets are listed if you installed the appropriate development
 | 
						|
        environment, for example, as part of the Nokia Qt SDK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Class Information} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-mobile-class-info.png "Class Information dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Class Name} field, type \bold {BatteryIndicator} as the class name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Base Class} list, select \bold {QDialog} as the base class type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \note The \gui{Header File}, \gui{Source File} and \gui{Form File} fields are
 | 
						|
        automatically updated to match the name of the class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui{Next}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-mobile-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The BatteryIndicator project now contains the following files:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o batteryindicator.h
 | 
						|
        \o batteryindicator.cpp
 | 
						|
        \o main.cpp
 | 
						|
        \o batteryindicator.ui
 | 
						|
        \o BatteryIndicator.pro
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-mobile-project-contents.png "Project contents"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The files come with the necessary boiler plate code that you must
 | 
						|
    modify, as described in the following sections. You do not need
 | 
						|
    to change the main.cpp file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Declaring the Qt Mobility API
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui New wizard automatically adds information to the .pro file
 | 
						|
    that you need when you use the Qt Mobility APIs or develop applications
 | 
						|
    for Symbian devices. You must modify the information to declare the
 | 
						|
    Qt Mobility APIs that you use.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This example uses the System Info API, so you must declare it, as
 | 
						|
    illustrated by the following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CONFIG += mobility
 | 
						|
    MOBILITY = systeminfo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Each Mobility API has its corresponding value that you have to add
 | 
						|
    as a value of MOBILITY to use the API. For a list of the APIs and the
 | 
						|
    corresponding values that you can assign to MOBILITY, see the
 | 
						|
    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qtmobility-1.0/quickstart.html}{Quickstart Example}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following code snippet shows information that is needed for
 | 
						|
    applications developed for Symbian device. Qt Creator generated
 | 
						|
    the UID for testing the application on a device. You only need
 | 
						|
    to change the UID and capabilities if you deliver the application
 | 
						|
    for public use and need to have it Symbian Signed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    symbian {
 | 
						|
        TARGET.UID3 = 0xecbd72d7
 | 
						|
        # TARGET.CAPABILITY +=
 | 
						|
        TARGET.EPOCSTACKSIZE = 0x14000
 | 
						|
        TARGET.EPOCHEAPSIZE = 0x020000 0x800000
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Designing the User Interface
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Editor} mode, double-click the batteryindicator.ui
 | 
						|
        file in the \gui{Projects} view to launch the integrated \QD.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Drag and drop a \gui{Progress Bar} (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qprogressbar.html}{QProgressBar})
 | 
						|
        widget to the form.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-mobile-project-widgets.png "Adding widgets to the UI"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui Properties pane, change the \gui objectName to
 | 
						|
        \bold batteryLevelBar.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Completing the Header File
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The batteryindicator.h file contains some of the necessary #includes, a
 | 
						|
    constructor, a destructor, and the \c{Ui} object. You must include
 | 
						|
    the System Info header file, add a shortcut to the mobility name
 | 
						|
    space, and add a private function to update the battery level value in
 | 
						|
    the indicator when the battery power level changes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the \c{batteryindicator.h} file
 | 
						|
        to open it for editing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Include the System Info header file, as illustrated by the following
 | 
						|
        code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.h 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Add a shortcut to the mobility name space, as illustrated by the
 | 
						|
        following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.h 2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Declare a private function in the \c{private} section, after the
 | 
						|
        \c{Ui::BatteryIndicator} function, as illustrated by the following code
 | 
						|
        snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.h 3
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Completing the Source File
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Now that the header file is complete, move on to the source file,
 | 
						|
    batteryindicator.cpp.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the batteryindicator.cpp file
 | 
						|
        to open it for editing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Create a QSystemDeviceInfo object and set its value. Then connect the signal
 | 
						|
        that indicates that battery level changed to the \c setValue
 | 
						|
        slot of the progress bar. This is illustrated by the following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.cpp 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Use the constructor to set initial values and make sure that the
 | 
						|
         created object is in a defined state, as illustrated by the following
 | 
						|
         code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \snippet examples/batteryindicator/batteryindicator.cpp 2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Compiling and Running Your Program
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Now that you have all the necessary code, select \gui {Qt Simulator}
 | 
						|
    as the target and click the
 | 
						|
    \inlineimage qtcreator-run.png
 | 
						|
    button to build your program and run it in the Qt Simulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In Qt Simulator, run the runOutOfBattery.qs example script
 | 
						|
    to see the value change in the Battery Indicator application.
 | 
						|
    Select \gui {Scripting > examples > runOutOfBattery.qs > Run}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-mobile-simulated.png "Mobile example in Qt Simulator"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Testing on a Symbian Device
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You also need to test the application on real devices. Before you can
 | 
						|
    start testing on Symbian devices, you must connect them to the development
 | 
						|
    PC by using an USB cable and install the necessary software on them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Install Qt 4.6.2 libraries, the Qt mobile libraries, and the TRK
 | 
						|
        debugging application on the device. For more information,
 | 
						|
        see \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Start TRK on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click the \gui {Target Selector} and select \gui {Symbian Device}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui Run to build the application for the Symbian device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Testing on the Maemo Emulator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Maemo emulator emulates the Nokia N900 device environment. You can test
 | 
						|
    applications in conditions practically identical to running the application
 | 
						|
    on a Nokia N900 device with the software update release 1.2 (V10.2010.19-1).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information, see \l{Using the Maemo Emulator}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-getting-started.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-build-example-application.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-writing-program.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Building and Running an Example Application
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can test that your installation is successful by opening an existing
 | 
						|
    example application project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o On the \gui Welcome page, select \gui {Choose an example... >
 | 
						|
        Animation Framework > Animated Tiles}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-gs-build-example-open.png "Selecting an example"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select targets for the project. Select at least Qt Simulator
 | 
						|
        and one of the mobile targets, Maemo or Symbian Device, depending on
 | 
						|
        the device you develop for.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-gs-build-example-targets.png "Selecting targets"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \note You can add targets later in the \gui Projects mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To test the application in Qt Simulator, click the \gui {Target
 | 
						|
        Selector} and select \gui {Qt Simulator}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image {qtcreator-gs-build-example-select-qs.png} "Selecting Qt Simulator as target"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click
 | 
						|
        \inlineimage{qtcreator-run.png}
 | 
						|
        to build the application and run it in Qt Simulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To see the compilation progress, press \key{Alt+4} to open the
 | 
						|
        \gui Compile Output pane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui Build progress bar on the toolbar turns green when the project
 | 
						|
        is successfully built. The application opens in Qt Simulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image {qt-simulator.png} "Qt Simulator"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Change the settings in the
 | 
						|
        \gui View pane, for example, to toggle the orientation by clicking
 | 
						|
        \gui {Rotate Device}, or choose from the various Symbian and Maemo
 | 
						|
        configurations by clicking \gui {Device}. You can also simulate various
 | 
						|
        mobile functions and create your own scripts.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To test the application on a Symbian device install Qt 4.6.2
 | 
						|
        and the TRK debugging application on the device. For more information,
 | 
						|
        see \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click the \gui {Target Selector} and select \gui {Symbian Device}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui Run to build the application for the Symbian device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-mobile-example.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-qml-application.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-project-managing.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Creating a Qt Quick Application
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note This tutorial assumes that you are familiar with the \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/declarativeui.html}
 | 
						|
    {QML declarative language}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator to create a small
 | 
						|
    Qt Quick application, Hello World.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-helloworld-edited.png "Hello World"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Creating the Hello World Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Qt QML Application > Choose}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qmldesigner-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qmldesigner-new-project-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {HelloWorld}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
 | 
						|
        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qmldesigner-new-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The HelloWorld project now contains the following files:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o HelloWorld.qmlproject
 | 
						|
        \o HelloWorld.qml
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui Projects pane in the \gui Sidebar displays the project files:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-new-project-contents.png "HelloWorld project contents"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The .qmlproject file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image files in
 | 
						|
    the project folder belong to the project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The .qml file contains the following example code that specifies a rectangle
 | 
						|
    and a label that contains
 | 
						|
    the text \bold {Hello World}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    import Qt 4.7
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Rectangle {
 | 
						|
        width: 200
 | 
						|
        height: 200
 | 
						|
        Text {
 | 
						|
            x: 66
 | 
						|
            y: 93
 | 
						|
            text: "Hello World"
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Your application is now ready.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Running the Application
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application in the QML Viewer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-helloworld.png "Hello World"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Changing Hello World Properties
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To experiment with QML and to try some of the code editor features, change the
 | 
						|
    properties of the rectangle and text. Move the cursor on \gui Rectangle and
 | 
						|
    press \key F1 to get help on the available properties. Try adding a \gui color
 | 
						|
    property to the \gui Rectangle. When you start to type,
 | 
						|
    the code completion feature of the code editor suggests properties, IDs, and
 | 
						|
    code snippets to complete the code. Select an item in the list and press
 | 
						|
    \key Tab or \key Enter to complete the code.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The code editor checks the code syntax and underlines syntax errors.
 | 
						|
    Move the cursor over an error to display detailed information about it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following code illustrates how to set the backround color
 | 
						|
    to light steel blue and the text color to white:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    import Qt 4.7
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Rectangle {
 | 
						|
        width: 200
 | 
						|
        height: 200
 | 
						|
        color: "lightsteelblue"
 | 
						|
        Text {
 | 
						|
            x: 66
 | 
						|
            y: 93
 | 
						|
            text: "Hello World"
 | 
						|
            color: "white"
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-helloworld-edited.png "Hello World in blue and white"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-build-example-application.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-writing-program.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-mobile-example.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Creating a Qt C++ Application
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note This tutorial assumes that you have experience in writing basic Qt
 | 
						|
    applications, using \QD to design user interfaces and using the Qt
 | 
						|
    Resource System.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator
 | 
						|
    to create a small Qt application, Text Finder. It is a simplified version of the
 | 
						|
    QtUiTools \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/uitools-textfinder.html}{Text Finder}
 | 
						|
    example.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-textfinder-screenshot.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting Up Your Environment
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator automatically detects whether the location of Qt is in your \c PATH variable.
 | 
						|
    If you have installed several Qt versions, follow the
 | 
						|
    instructions in \l{Selecting the Qt version} to set the Qt path.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Creating the Text Finder Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Create the project with the \gui{Help} mode active so that you can follow
 | 
						|
    these instructions while you work.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt Application Project > Qt Gui
 | 
						|
        Application > Choose}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-intro-and-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {TextFinder}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
 | 
						|
        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Select Required Qt Versions} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-new-project-qt-versions.png "Select Required Qt Versions dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui{Next} to use the Qt version set in the path in your project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Class Information} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-class-info.png "Class Information dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Class Name} field, type \bold {TextFinder} as the class name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Base Class} list, select \bold {QWidget} as the base class type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \note The \gui{Header File}, \gui{Source File} and
 | 
						|
           \gui{Form File} fields are automatically updated to match the name of the
 | 
						|
           class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui{Next}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-new-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The TextFinder project now contains the following files:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o textfinder.h
 | 
						|
        \o textfinder.cpp
 | 
						|
        \o main.cpp
 | 
						|
        \o textfinder.ui
 | 
						|
        \o textfinder.pro
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-textfinder-contents.png "TextFinder project contents"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The .h and .cpp files come with the necessary boiler plate code.
 | 
						|
    The .pro file is complete.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Filling in the Missing Pieces
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Begin by designing the user interface and then move on to filling
 | 
						|
    in the missing code. Finally, add the find functionality.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Designing the User Interface
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png "Text Finder UI"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o In the \gui{Editor} mode, double-click the textfinder.ui file in the \gui{Projects}
 | 
						|
    view to launch the integrated \QD.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Drag and drop the following widgets to the form:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{Label} (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qlabel.html}{QLabel})
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{Line Edit} (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qlineedit.html}{QLineEdit})
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{Push Button} (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qpushbutton.html}{QPushButton})
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui-widgets.png "Adding widgets to Text Finder UI"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Double-click the \gui{Label} widget and enter the text \bold{Keyword}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Double-click the \gui{Push Button} widget and enter the text \bold{Find}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o In the \gui Properties pane, change the \gui objectName to \bold findButton.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-textfinder-objectname.png "Changing object names"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Press \key {Ctrl+A} to select the widgets and click \gui{Lay out Horizontally}
 | 
						|
    (or press \gui{Ctrl+H}) to apply a horizontal layout
 | 
						|
    (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qhboxlayout.html}{QHBoxLayout}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-texfinder-ui-horizontal-layout.png "Applying horizontal layout"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Drag and drop a \gui{Text Edit} widget (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qtextedit.html}{QTextEdit})
 | 
						|
    to the form.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Select the screen area and click \gui{Lay out Vertically} (or press \gui{Ctr+V})
 | 
						|
    to apply a vertical layout (\l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qvboxlayout.html}{QVBoxLayout}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png "Text Finder UI"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Applying the horizontal and vertical layouts ensures that the application UI scales to different
 | 
						|
    screen sizes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o To call a find function when users press the \gui Find button, you use the Qt signals
 | 
						|
    and slots mechanism. A signal is emitted when a particular event occurs and a slot is
 | 
						|
    a function that is called in response to a particular signal. Qt widgets have predefined
 | 
						|
    signals and slots that you can use directly from \QD. To add a slot for the find function:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Right-click the \gui Find button to open a context-menu.
 | 
						|
            \o Select \gui {Go to Slot > clicked()}, and then select \gui OK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            A private slot, \c{on_findButton_clicked()}, is added to the header file,
 | 
						|
            textfinder.h and a private function, \c{TextFinder::on_findButton_clicked()},
 | 
						|
            is added to the source file, textfinder.cpp.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Press \gui{Ctrl+S} to save your changes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about designing forms with \QD, see the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/designer-manual.html}{Qt Designer Manual}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Completing the Header File
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The textfinder.h file already has the necessary #includes, a
 | 
						|
    constructor, a destructor, and the \c{Ui} object. You need to add a private
 | 
						|
    function, \c{loadTextFile()}, to read and display the
 | 
						|
    contents of the input text file in the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qtextedit.html}{QTextEdit}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the \c{textfinder.h} file
 | 
						|
    to open it for editing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Add a private function
 | 
						|
    to the \c{private} section, after the \c{Ui::TextFinder} function, as
 | 
						|
    illustrated by the following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.h 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Completing the Source File
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Now that the header file is complete, move on to the source file,
 | 
						|
   textfinder.cpp.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the textfinder.cpp file
 | 
						|
    to open it for editing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Add code to load a text file using
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qfile.html}{QFile}, read it with
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qtextstream.html}{QTextStream}, and
 | 
						|
    then display it on \c{textEdit} with
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qtextedit.html#plainText-prop}{setPlainText()}.
 | 
						|
    This is illustrated by the following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o To use \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qfile.html}{QFile} and
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qtextstream.html}{QTextStream}, add the
 | 
						|
    following #includes to textfinder.cpp:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o For the \c{on_findButton_clicked()} slot, add code to extract the search string and
 | 
						|
    use the \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qtextedit.html#find}{find()} function
 | 
						|
    to look for the search string within the text file. This is illustrated by
 | 
						|
    the following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Once both of these functions are complete, add a line to call \c{loadTextFile()} in
 | 
						|
    the constructor, as illustrated by the following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 3
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \c{on_findButton_clicked()} slot is called automatically in
 | 
						|
    the uic generated ui_textfinder.h file by this line of code:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    QMetaObject::connectSlotsByName(TextFinder);
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Creating a Resource File
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You need a resource file (.qrc) within which you embed the input
 | 
						|
    text file. The input file can be any .txt file with a paragraph of text.
 | 
						|
    Create a text file called input.txt and store it in the textfinder
 | 
						|
    folder.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add a resource file:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt > Qt Resource File > Choose}.
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard.png "New File or Project dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui {Choose the Location} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard2.png "Choose the Location dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Name} field, enter \bold{textfinder}.
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Path} field, enter \c{C:\Qt\examples\TextFinder},
 | 
						|
        and click \gui{Next}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard3.png "Project Management dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Add to project} field, select \bold{TextFinder.pro}
 | 
						|
        and click \gui{Finish} to open the file in the code editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{Add > Add Prefix}.
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Prefix} field, replace the default prefix with a slash (/).
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{Add > Add Files}, to locate and add input.txt.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-add-resource.png "Editing resource files"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Compiling and Running Your Program
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Now that you have all the necessary files, click the \inlineimage qtcreator-run.png
 | 
						|
    button to compile your program.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-maemo-emulator.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-version-control.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-help.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Using Version Control Systems
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Version control systems supported by Qt Creator are:
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \i \bold{Version Control System}
 | 
						|
            \i \bold{Address}
 | 
						|
            \i \bold{Notes}
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \bold{Git}
 | 
						|
            \i  \l{http://git-scm.com/}
 | 
						|
            \i
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \bold{Subversion}
 | 
						|
            \i  \l{http://subversion.tigris.org/}
 | 
						|
            \i
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \bold{Perforce}
 | 
						|
            \i  \l{http://www.perforce.com}
 | 
						|
            \i  Server version 2006.1 and later
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \bold{CVS}
 | 
						|
            \i  \l{http://www.cvshome.org}
 | 
						|
            \i
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \bold{Mercurial}
 | 
						|
            \i  \l{http://mercurial.selenic.com/}
 | 
						|
            \i  Qt Creator 2.0 and later
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting Up Version Control Systems
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator uses the version control system's command line clients to access
 | 
						|
    your repositories. To allow access, make sure that the command line clients
 | 
						|
    can be located using the \c{PATH} environment variable or specify the path to
 | 
						|
    the command line client executables in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
 | 
						|
    \gui {Version Control}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    After you set up the version control system, use the command line to check
 | 
						|
    that everything works (for example, use the status command). If no issues arise,
 | 
						|
    you should be ready to use the system also from Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting Up Common Options
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Version Control} > \gui{Common}
 | 
						|
    to specify settings for submit messages:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o   \gui{Submit message check script} is a script or program that
 | 
						|
             can be used to perform checks on the submit message before
 | 
						|
             submitting. The submit message is passed in as the script's first
 | 
						|
             parameter. If there is an error, the script should output a
 | 
						|
             message on standard error and return a non-zero exit code.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o    \gui{User/alias configuration file} takes a file in mailmap format
 | 
						|
             that lists user names and aliases. For example:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \code
 | 
						|
             Jon Doe <Jon.Doe@company.com>
 | 
						|
             Hans Mustermann <Hans.Mustermann@company.com> hm <info@company.com>
 | 
						|
             \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \note The second line above specifies the alias \e{hm} and the
 | 
						|
             corresponding email address for \e{Hans Mustermann}. If the
 | 
						|
             user/alias configuration file is present, the submit editor
 | 
						|
             displays a context menu with \gui{Insert name...} that pops up a
 | 
						|
             dialog letting the user select a name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o    \gui{User fields configuration file} is a simple text file
 | 
						|
             consisting of lines specifying submit message fields that take
 | 
						|
             user names, for example:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \code
 | 
						|
             Reviewed-by:
 | 
						|
             Signed-off-by:
 | 
						|
             \endcode
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The fields above appear below the submit message. They provide completion
 | 
						|
    for the aliases/public user names specified in the
 | 
						|
    \e{User/alias configuration file} as well as a button that opens the
 | 
						|
    aforementioned user name dialog.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Creating VCS Repositories for New Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator allows for creating VCS repositories for version
 | 
						|
    control systems that support local repository creation, such as
 | 
						|
    Git or Mercurial.
 | 
						|
    When creating a new project by selecting \gui File >
 | 
						|
    \gui{New File or Project...}, you can choose a version
 | 
						|
    control system in the final wizard page.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Version Control Systems
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Tools} menu contains a sub-menu for each supported version
 | 
						|
    control system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Version Control} output pane displays the commands
 | 
						|
    that are executed, a timestamp, and the relevant output.
 | 
						|
    Select \gui {Window > Output Panes > Version Control} to open
 | 
						|
    the pane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-vcs-pane.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Adding Files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you create a new file or a new project, the wizard displays a page
 | 
						|
    asking whether the files should be added to a version control system.
 | 
						|
    This happens when the parent directory or the project is already
 | 
						|
    under version control and the system supports the concept of adding files,
 | 
						|
    for example, Perforce and Subversion. Alternatively, you can
 | 
						|
    add files later by using the version control tool menus.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    With Git, there is no concept of adding files. Instead, all modified
 | 
						|
    files must be staged for a commit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Viewing Diff Output
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    All version control systems provide menu options to \e{diff} the current
 | 
						|
    file or project: to compare it with the latest version stored in the
 | 
						|
    repository and to display the differences. In Qt Creator, a diff is
 | 
						|
    displayed in a read-only editor. If the file is accessible, you can
 | 
						|
    double-click on a selected diff chunk and Qt Creator opens an editor
 | 
						|
    displaying the file, scrolled to the line in question.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-vcs-diff.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Viewing Versioning History and Change Details
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Display the versioning history of a file by selecting \gui{Log}
 | 
						|
    (for Git and Mercurial) or \gui{Filelog} (for CVS, Perforce, and
 | 
						|
    Subversion). Typically, the log output contains the date, the commit
 | 
						|
    message, and a change or revision identifier. Click on the identifier to
 | 
						|
    display a description of the change including the diff.
 | 
						|
    Right-clicking on an identifier brings up a context menu that lets you
 | 
						|
    show annotation views of previous versions (see \l{Annotating Files}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-vcs-log.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Annotating Files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Annotation views are obtained by selecting \gui{Annotate} or \gui{Blame}.
 | 
						|
    Selecting \gui{Annotate} or \gui{Blame} displays the lines of the file
 | 
						|
    prepended by the change identifier they originate from. Clicking on the
 | 
						|
    change identifier shows a detailed description of the change.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To show the annotation of a previous version, right-click on the
 | 
						|
    version identifier at the beginning of a line and choose one of the
 | 
						|
    revisions shown at the bottom of the context menu. This allows you to
 | 
						|
    navigate through the history of the file and obtain previous versions of
 | 
						|
    it. It also works for Git and Mercurial using SHA's.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The same context menu is available when right-clicking on a version
 | 
						|
    identifier in the file log view of a single file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Committing Changes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Once you have finished making changes, submit them to the version control
 | 
						|
    system by choosing \gui{Commit} or \gui{Submit}. Qt Creator displays a
 | 
						|
    commit page containing a text editor where you can enter your commit
 | 
						|
    message and a checkable list of modified files to be included.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-vcs-commit.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you have finished filling out the commit page information, click on
 | 
						|
    \gui{Commit} to start committing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Diff Selected Files} button brings up a diff view of the
 | 
						|
    files selected in the file list. Since the commit page is just another
 | 
						|
    editor, you can go back to it by closing the diff view. You can also check
 | 
						|
    a diff view from the editor combo box showing the \gui{Opened files}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Reverting Changes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To discard local changes to a file or project, use the \gui Revert
 | 
						|
    function or the \gui {Undo Changes/Undo Repository Changes} function
 | 
						|
    (for Git). The changes discarded depend on the version control system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For example, in Perforce, select \gui{Revert File/Revert Project}
 | 
						|
    to discard changes made to open files, reverting them to the
 | 
						|
    revisions last synchronized from the repository. Select
 | 
						|
    \gui{Revert Unchanged} to revert files if their contents or file
 | 
						|
    type have not changed after they were opened for editing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Using Additional Git Functions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui Git sub-menu contains the following additional items:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui {Apply Patch/Apply Patch...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Apply changes to a file or project from a diff file. You can
 | 
						|
                either apply a patch file that is open in Qt Creator or select
 | 
						|
                the patch file to apply from the file system.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Stash Snapshot...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Save a snapshot of your current
 | 
						|
                work under a name for later reference. For example, if you
 | 
						|
                want to try out something and find out later that it does not work,
 | 
						|
                you can discard it and return to the state of the snapshot.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Stash}
 | 
						|
            \i  Stash local changes prior to executing a \gui{Pull}.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Stash Pop}
 | 
						|
            \i  Remove a single stashed state from the stash list and apply it on
 | 
						|
                top of the current working tree state.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Pull}
 | 
						|
            \i  Pull changes from the remote repository. If there are locally
 | 
						|
                modified files, you are prompted to stash those changes.
 | 
						|
                The \gui Git options page contains an option to do
 | 
						|
                a rebase operation while pulling.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Clean repository.../Clean project...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Collect all files that are not under version control
 | 
						|
                with the exception of patches and project files
 | 
						|
                and show them as a checkable list in a dialog
 | 
						|
                prompting for deletion. This lets you completely clean a build.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Branches...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Displays the branch dialog showing the local branches at the
 | 
						|
                top and remote branches at the bottom. To switch to the local
 | 
						|
                branch, double-click on it. Double-clicking on a remote
 | 
						|
                branch first creates a local branch with the same name that
 | 
						|
                tracks the remote branch, and then switches to it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                \image qtcreator-vcs-gitbranch.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Stashes...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Displays a dialog showing the stashes created by
 | 
						|
                \gui{Stash snapshots...} with options to restore,
 | 
						|
                display or delete them.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui {Stage File for Commit}
 | 
						|
            \i  Mark new or modified files for committing to the repository.
 | 
						|
                To undo this function, select \gui {Unstage File from Commit}.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Show Commit...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Select a commit to view. Enter the SHA of the commit
 | 
						|
                in the \gui Change field.
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Using Additional Mercurial Functions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui Mercurial sub-menu contains the following additional items:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Import}
 | 
						|
            \i  Apply changes from a patch file.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Incoming}
 | 
						|
            \i  Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
 | 
						|
                the changes that will be pulled.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Outgoing}
 | 
						|
            \i  Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
 | 
						|
                the changes that will be pushed.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Pull}
 | 
						|
            \i  Pull changes from the remote repository.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Update}
 | 
						|
            \i  Look at an earlier version of the code.
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Using Additional Perforce Functions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you start Qt Creator, it looks for the executable specified
 | 
						|
    in the \gui{P4 command} field in \gui{Tools > Options... > Version
 | 
						|
    Control > Perforce}. If you do not use Perforce and want to turn
 | 
						|
    off the check, clear this field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui Perforce sub-menu contains the following additional items:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Describe...}
 | 
						|
            \i  View information about changelists and the files in them.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Edit File}
 | 
						|
            \i  Open a file for editing.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Opened}
 | 
						|
            \i  List files that are open for editing.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Pending Changes...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Group files for commit.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Update All/Update Current Project}
 | 
						|
            \i  Fetch the current version of the current project or all
 | 
						|
            projects from the repository.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Using Additional Subversion Functions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui Subversion sub-menu contains the following additional items:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Describe...}
 | 
						|
            \i  Display commit log messages for a revision.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \gui{Update Project/Update Repository}
 | 
						|
            \i  Update your working copy.
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-editor-refactoring.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-editor-locator.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-codepasting.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Searching With the Locator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The locator provides one of the easiest ways in Qt Creator to browse
 | 
						|
    through projects, files, classes, methods, documentation and file systems.
 | 
						|
    You can find the locator in the bottom left of the Qt Creator window.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To activate the locator, press \key Ctrl+K (\key Cmd+K on Mac OS
 | 
						|
    X) or select \gui Tools > \gui Locate....
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-locator.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To edit the currently open project's main.cpp file using the locator:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Activate the locator by pressing \key Ctrl+K.
 | 
						|
        \o Enter \tt{main.cpp}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-locator-open.png
 | 
						|
        \o Press \key Return.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           The main.cpp file opens in the editor.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    It is also possible to enter only a part of a search string.
 | 
						|
    As you type, the locator shows the occurrences of that string regardless
 | 
						|
    of where in the name of an component it appears.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To narrow down the search results, you can use the following wildcard
 | 
						|
    characters:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To match any number of any or no characters, enter \bold{*}.
 | 
						|
        \o To match a single instance of any character, enter \bold{?}.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using the Locator Filters
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui Locator allows you to browse not only files, but any items
 | 
						|
    defined by \bold{locator filters}. By default, the locator contains
 | 
						|
    filters which locate:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o  Any open document
 | 
						|
        \o  Files anywhere on your file system
 | 
						|
        \o  Files belonging to your project, such as source, header resource,
 | 
						|
            and .ui files
 | 
						|
        \o  Class and method definitions in your project or anywhere referenced
 | 
						|
            from your project
 | 
						|
        \o  Help topics, including Qt documentation
 | 
						|
        \o  Specific line in the document displayed in your editor
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To use a specific locator filter, type the assigned prefix followed by
 | 
						|
    \key Space. The prefix is usually a single character.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For example, to locate symbols matching
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qdatastream.html}{QDataStream:}
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Activate the locator.
 | 
						|
        \o Enter \tt{\bold{: QDataStream}} (: (colon) followed by a
 | 
						|
           \key Space and the symbol name (QDataStream)).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           The locator lists the results.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-navigate-popup.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    By default the following filters are enabled and you do not need to use
 | 
						|
    their prefixes explicitly:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Going to a line in the current file (l).
 | 
						|
        \o Going to an open file (o).
 | 
						|
        \o Going to a file in any open project (a).
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Using the Default Locator Filters
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following locator filters are available by default:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o  Function
 | 
						|
            \o  Enter in locator
 | 
						|
            \o  Example
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a line in the current file.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{l \e{Line number}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-line.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a symbol definition.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{: \e{Symbol name}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-symbols.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a help topic.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{? \e{Help topic}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-help.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to an open file.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{o \e{File name}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-opendocs.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a file in the file system (browse the file system).
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{f \e{File name}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-filesystem.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a file in any project currently open.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{a \e{File name}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-files.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a file in the current project.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{p \e{File name}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-current-project.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a class definition.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{c \e{Class name}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-classes.png
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o  Go to a method definition.
 | 
						|
            \o  \tt{\bold{m \e{Method name}}}
 | 
						|
            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-methods.png
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Creating Locator Filters
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To quickly access files not directly mentioned in your project, you can
 | 
						|
    create your own locator filters. That way you can locate files in a
 | 
						|
    directory structure you have defined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To create a locator filter:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o In the locator, click \inlineimage qtcreator-locator-magnify.png
 | 
						|
           and select \gui Configure....
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           \image qtcreator-locator-customize.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Options...} window click \gui Add.
 | 
						|
        \o In the \gui{Filters} dialog:
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
            \o Name your filter.
 | 
						|
            \o Select at least one directory. The locator searches directories
 | 
						|
               recursively.
 | 
						|
            \o Define the file pattern as a comma separated list. For example,
 | 
						|
               to search all .h and .cpp files, enter \bold{*.h,*.cpp}
 | 
						|
            \o Specify the prefix string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               To show only results matching this filter, select
 | 
						|
               \gui{Limit to prefix}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               \image qtcreator-navigate-customfilter.png
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
        \o Click OK.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section3 Configuring the Locator Cache
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The locator searches the files matching your file pattern in the
 | 
						|
    directories you have selected and caches that information. The cache for
 | 
						|
    all default filters is updated as you write your code. The filters you have
 | 
						|
    created Qt Creator by default updates once an hour.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To update the cached information manually, click
 | 
						|
    \inlineimage qtcreator-locator-magnify.png
 | 
						|
    and select \gui Refresh.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To set a new cache update time:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Locator.
 | 
						|
        \o In \gui{Refresh interval} define new time in minutes.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-developing-symbian.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-project-managing-sessions.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-editor-using.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Managing Sessions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In Qt Creator, a session is a collection of:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Open projects with their dependencies
 | 
						|
        \o Open editors
 | 
						|
        \o Breakpoints and watches
 | 
						|
        \o Bookmarks
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you launch Qt Creator, a list of existing sessions is displayed on the
 | 
						|
    \gui{Welcome screen}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-welcome-session.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To switch between sessions, select the session from sessions listed in
 | 
						|
    \gui File > \gui Session. If you do not create or select a session,
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator always uses the default session.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To create a new session or remove existing sessions, select \gui File >
 | 
						|
    \gui Sessions > \gui{Session Manager}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-session-manager.png
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-build-dependencies.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-debugging.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-debugging-cpp.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Debugging
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the Qt Creator \gui Debug mode to inspect the state of your
 | 
						|
    Qt and Qt Quick projects while debugging.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator does not include a debugger. It provides a debugger plugin that acts
 | 
						|
    as an interface between the Qt Creator core and external native debuggers
 | 
						|
    such as the GNU Symbolic Debugger (gdb), the Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB),
 | 
						|
    and an internal Java Script debugger. You can use the native debuggers to
 | 
						|
    debug the C++ language.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-debugger-views.png "Native debugger views"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator includes a QML inspector plugin that you can use to debug QML.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-inspector.png "QML inspector views"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you start debugging, the appropriate tool is automatically selected depending
 | 
						|
    on the type of the project. If you only develop one kind of projects, you can turn
 | 
						|
    off this automation in \gui {Tools > Options... > Debugger > General}. Deselect the
 | 
						|
    \gui {Change debugger language automatically} check box.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The choice of language also determines the contents of the \gui Debug menu.
 | 
						|
    The \gui {Start Debugging > Start Debugging} command starts debugging by using the
 | 
						|
    tool appropriate for the project type. The availability of the other commands depends
 | 
						|
    on whether \gui C++ or \gui QML is selected in \gui {Debug > Language}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can create Qt Quick projects that contain C++ plugins or Qt projects that contain
 | 
						|
    QML content. While debugging such projects, you can switch between the native
 | 
						|
    debuggers and the QML inspector during debugging.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To switch between debugged languages, select \gui {Debug > Language > C++} or
 | 
						|
    \gui QML. You can also press \key {Ctrl+L, 1} to switch to the native debugger and
 | 
						|
    \key {Ctrl+L, 2} to switch to the QML inspector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-debugging-helpers.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-debugging-qml.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-qml-inspector.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Debugging Qt Quick Applications
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui Debug mode you can use the QML inspector plugin to:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o View the status of the application when it is executed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o View debug output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Write JavaScript expressions and evaluate them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Modify the values of properties.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Watch the values of expressions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note You can press \key {Ctr+Alt+R} or select \gui {Tools > Qt Quick > Preview}
 | 
						|
    to view QML files that do not belong to projects in \QQV. However,
 | 
						|
    you can only debug QML files that belong to open projects, because the QML
 | 
						|
    inspector plugin needs information about the project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Modes of Operation
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When a Qt Quick project is active and you select \gui {Debug > Start Debugging >
 | 
						|
    Start Debugging} the application is started in \QQV and inspected by
 | 
						|
    the QML inspector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If the Qt Quick project includes C++ plugins, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging C++ and QML Simultaneously}.
 | 
						|
    \QQV is started, the native debugger is attached to it, and
 | 
						|
    the application is inspected by the QML inspector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note This command is available only if \gui QML is selected in
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Language (QML)}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To debug a Qt project that contains QML content, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging C++ and QML Simultaneously}.
 | 
						|
    The application is started under the control of the native debugger, attached
 | 
						|
    to \QQV, and inspected by the QML inspector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You must use the native debugger to set breakpoints to C++ code and to examine
 | 
						|
    the state of the interrupted Qt application. When a C++ program is interrupted,
 | 
						|
    for example when a breakpoint is hit, you cannot use the QML inspector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-debugging-qml.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-qml-inspector.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-maemo-emulator.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Using the QML Inspector
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In \gui Debug mode, you can use several views to interact with the
 | 
						|
    application you are debugging. Frequently used views are shown by
 | 
						|
    default and rarely used ones are hidden. To change the default settings,
 | 
						|
    select \gui Debug > \gui Views, and then select views to display
 | 
						|
    or hide. You can also lock views. The position of views is saved for future
 | 
						|
    sessions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-inspector.png "QML inspector views"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Starting the QML Inspector
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To start an active application under the control of the QML inspector, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging}, or press \key{F5}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The application is run in \QQV. It behaves and performs as usual.
 | 
						|
    You can view the status of the application when it is executed and the debug
 | 
						|
    output in the \gui {Application Output} view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-application-output.png "Application Output view"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Starting Simultaneous QML and C++ Debugging
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To debug a Qt Quick project that includes C++ plugins, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging C++ and QML Simultaneously}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note This command is available only if \gui QML is selected in
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Language (QML)}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-debugging-simultaneous.png "Start Simultaneous QML and C++ Debugging view"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Usually, the settings for \QQV are specified automatically and you do
 | 
						|
    not need to change them:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {Debugging address} is the IP address to access \QQV.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {Debugging port} is the port to access \QQV. You can use any
 | 
						|
        free port in the registered port range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {Viewer path} is the path to \QQV executable.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui {Viewer arguments} sets arguments for running \QQV.
 | 
						|
        The \c{-I <directory>} argument searches for C++ or QML plugins from
 | 
						|
        the project folder. For a list of available arguments, enter \c {qml --help}
 | 
						|
        on the command line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \QQV is started, the native debugger is attached to it, and
 | 
						|
    the application is inspected by the QML inspector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Viewing and Modifying Values of Properties
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui {Properties and Watchers} view lists the JavaScript expressions
 | 
						|
    in the project and their properties and values. The properties are grouped
 | 
						|
    by type, but you can also view them in one long list.
 | 
						|
    Right-click the list of properties to open a context-menu and then click
 | 
						|
    \gui {Group by Item Type} to change the way in which the properties are
 | 
						|
    sorted.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If an item does not have an ID, you cannot change the values of its
 | 
						|
    properties. The item type is enclosed in angle brackets and the value
 | 
						|
    is grayed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Double-click an item to move to the place in code where it is declared.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can change the values of properties and see the results in \QQV.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If the QML inspector cannot retrieve the value for an item or a property for
 | 
						|
    inspection, the item or property is grayed in the view. Right-click the item list
 | 
						|
    to open a context menu, and then click \gui {Show Uninspectable Items} to hide
 | 
						|
    or show the items that cannot be inspected.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Watching Expressions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui {Properties and Watchers} view, you can specify that an expression is
 | 
						|
    watched. Right-click a property and then click \gui {Watch Expression}.
 | 
						|
    The \gui Name and \gui Value of the expression are displayed at the bottom
 | 
						|
    of the view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-inspector-watchers.png "Watched expressions"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can add JavaScript expressions to object instances to evaluate them.
 | 
						|
    Right-click the list of items and select \gui {Add Watch Expression}. Enter
 | 
						|
    the expression to evaluate and click \gui OK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-inspector-add-watch.png "Add Watch Expression dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To stop watching a expression, right-click it and select \gui {Stop Watching}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The QML inspector cannot show the values for some items, such as composite objects
 | 
						|
    or complicated item that you cannot change. These items cannot be watched.
 | 
						|
    To show them, right-click the properties list, and then select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Show Unwatchable Properties}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Executing JavaScript
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui {Script Console} view, you can write JavaScript expressions, see
 | 
						|
    how they are executed, and evaluate them during runtime.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can also test the C++ code without rebuilding the whole application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Viewing Connections to \QQV
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui Output view displays the status of the connection between the QML
 | 
						|
    inspector and \QQV.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You specify the connection in the \gui {Run Settings} in the \gui Projects mode.
 | 
						|
    For more information, see \l{Specifying Run Settings for Qt Quick Projects}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If the connection does not work, check the values of the \gui {Debugging address}
 | 
						|
    and \gui {Debugging port} fields. Check that the default port number is not reserved
 | 
						|
    by another application or another instance of \QQV that was not shut
 | 
						|
    down properly. You can specify any free port number in the registered port range
 | 
						|
    (1024-49151).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-debugging.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-debugging-cpp.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-debugging-example.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Debugging Qt Applications
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui Debug mode you can interact with the debugger in several ways, including
 | 
						|
    the following:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Go through a program line-by-line or instruction-by-instruction.
 | 
						|
        \o Interrupt running programs.
 | 
						|
        \o Set breakpoints.
 | 
						|
        \o Examine the contents of the call stack.
 | 
						|
        \o Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
 | 
						|
           the debugged program.
 | 
						|
        \o Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
 | 
						|
           local and global variables.
 | 
						|
        \o Examine the list of loaded shared libraries.
 | 
						|
        \o Create snapshots of the current state of the debugged program
 | 
						|
           and re-examine them later.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator displays the raw information provided by the native debuggers
 | 
						|
    in a clear and concise manner with the goal to simplify the debugging process
 | 
						|
    as much as possible without losing the power of the native debuggers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In addition to the generic IDE functionality provided by stack view, views for
 | 
						|
    locals and watchers, registers, and so on, Qt Creator includes
 | 
						|
    features to make debugging Qt-based applications easy. The debugger
 | 
						|
    plugin understands the internal layout of several Qt classes, for
 | 
						|
    example, QString, the Qt containers, and most importantly QObject
 | 
						|
    (and classes derived from it), as well as most containers of the C++
 | 
						|
    Standard Library and some gcc and Symbian extensions. This
 | 
						|
    deeper understanding is used to present objects of such classes in
 | 
						|
    a useful way.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For an example of how to debug applications in the \gui Debug mode, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Debugging the Example Application}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about the functions available in the \gui Debug mode,
 | 
						|
    see \l{Interacting with the Debugger}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you install Qt Creator as part of a Qt SDK, the GNU Symbolic Debugger
 | 
						|
    is installed automatically and you should be ready to start debugging after
 | 
						|
    you create a new
 | 
						|
    project. If you want a special setup, such as using debugging tools for Windows,
 | 
						|
    see \l {Setting Up Debugger}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Modes of Operation
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The debugger plugin runs in different operating modes depending on where and
 | 
						|
    how the process is started and run. Some of the modes are only available for
 | 
						|
    a particular operating system or platform.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can launch the debugger in the following modes:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \bold Plain to debug locally started applications, such as a
 | 
						|
        Qt based GUI application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \bold Terminal to debug locally started processes that need a
 | 
						|
       console, typically without a GUI.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \bold Attach to debug local processes started outside Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \bold Remote to debug a process running on a different machine.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \bold Core to debug crashed processes on Unix.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \bold Post-mortem to debug crashed processes on Windows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o \bold TRK to debug processes running on a Symbian device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you click the \gui {Start Debugging} button, the debugger is launched
 | 
						|
    in the appropriate operating mode (plain, terminal, or TRK), based on the
 | 
						|
    build and run settings for the active project. Select \gui Debug menu options
 | 
						|
    to launch the debugger in the other modes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Plain Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To launch the debugger in the plain mode, click the \gui {Start Debugging}
 | 
						|
    button for the active project, or choose
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start and Debug External Application...}
 | 
						|
    and specify an executable.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Terminal Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To launch the debugger in the terminal mode, select \gui {Projects > Run Settings}
 | 
						|
    and select the \gui {Run in Terminal} check box. Then click the
 | 
						|
    \gui {Start Debugging} button for the active project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Attach Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To launch the debugger in the attach mode, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging >  Attach to Running External Application...},
 | 
						|
    and then select a process by its name or process ID to attach to.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Remote Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The remote mode uses a \e{gdbserver} daemon that runs on the remote machine.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To launch the debugger in the remote mode, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start and Attach to Remote Application...}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Core Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The core mode is available only in Unix. It debugs crashed processes using
 | 
						|
    the \e {core} files (crash dumps) that are generated if the setting
 | 
						|
    is enabled in the shell.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To enable the dumping of core files, enter the following command in the
 | 
						|
    shell from which the application will be launched:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    ulimit -c unlimited
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To launch the debugger in the core mode, select
 | 
						|
    \gui{Debug > Start Debugging >  Attach to Core...}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Post-Mortem Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The post-mortem mode is available only on Windows, if you have installed
 | 
						|
    the debugging tools for Windows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Qt Creator installation program asks you whether you want to
 | 
						|
    register Qt Creator as a post-mortem debugger. To change the setting, select
 | 
						|
    \gui{Tools > Options...  > Debugger > Common > Use Creator for post-mortem debugging}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can launch the debugger in the post-mortem mode if an application crashes
 | 
						|
    on Windows. Click the \gui {Debug in Qt Creator} button in the error message
 | 
						|
    that is displayed by the Windows operating system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 TRK Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The TRK mode is a special mode available only for Symbian. It
 | 
						|
    debugs processes running on a Symbian
 | 
						|
    device using the App TRK application that runs on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To launch the debugger in the TRK mode, open the project, select Symbian as the
 | 
						|
    target, and click the \gui {Start Debugging} button.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information on setting up Symbian projects, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-debug-mode.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-debugger-engines.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-debugging-helpers.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Setting Up Debugger
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Typically, the interaction between Qt Creator and the native debugger is set
 | 
						|
    up automatically and you do not need to do anything. However, you might have an
 | 
						|
    unsupported gdb version installed, your Linux environment might not have gdb
 | 
						|
    installed at all, or you might want to use the debugging tools for Windows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note To use the debugging tools for Windows, you must install them and add the
 | 
						|
    Symbol Server provided by Microsoft to the symbol search path of the debugger.
 | 
						|
    For more information, see \l{Setting the Symbol Server in Windows}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This section explains the
 | 
						|
    options you have for debugging C++ code and provides installation notes for the
 | 
						|
    supported native debuggers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Supported Native Debugger Versions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The debugger plugin supports different builds of the gdb debugger, both
 | 
						|
    with and without the ability to use Python scripting. The Python enabled
 | 
						|
    versions are preferred, but they are not available on Mac and on older
 | 
						|
    versions of Linux.
 | 
						|
    On Windows, Symbian, and Maemo, only the Python version is supported.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The non-Python versions use the compiled version of the debugging helpers,
 | 
						|
    that you must enable separately. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Debugging Helper Library with C++}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Python version uses a script version of the debugging helpers
 | 
						|
    that does not need any special setup.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The CDB native debugger has similar funtionality to the non-Python gdb debugger
 | 
						|
    engine. Specifically, it also uses compiled C++ code for the debugging
 | 
						|
    helper library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following table summarizes the support for debugging C++ code:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Platform
 | 
						|
            \o Compiler
 | 
						|
            \o Native Debugger
 | 
						|
            \o Python
 | 
						|
            \o Debugger Modes
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Linux
 | 
						|
            \o gcc
 | 
						|
            \o gdb
 | 
						|
            \o Optional
 | 
						|
            \o Term, Plain, Attach (with Python, only), Remote
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Unix
 | 
						|
            \o gcc
 | 
						|
            \o gdb
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
            \o Term, Plain, Attach, Remote
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Mac OS
 | 
						|
            \o gcc
 | 
						|
            \o gdb
 | 
						|
            \o No
 | 
						|
            \o Term, Plain, Attach
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Windows/MinGW
 | 
						|
            \o gcc
 | 
						|
            \o gdb
 | 
						|
            \o No
 | 
						|
            \o Term, Plain, Attach, Remote
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Windows/MSVC
 | 
						|
            \o Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler
 | 
						|
            \o Debugging Tools for Windows/CDB
 | 
						|
            \o Not applicable
 | 
						|
            \o Term, Plain, Attach, Post-Mortem
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Symbian
 | 
						|
            \o gcc
 | 
						|
            \o gdb
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
            \o TRK
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Maemo
 | 
						|
            \o gcc
 | 
						|
            \o gdb
 | 
						|
            \o Yes
 | 
						|
            \o Remote
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \omit
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Gdb Adapter Modes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    [Advanced Topic]
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The gdb native debugger used internally by the debugger plugin runs in
 | 
						|
    different adapter modes to cope with the variety
 | 
						|
    of supported platforms and environments. All gdb adapters inherit from
 | 
						|
    AbstractGdbAdapter:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o PlainGdbAdapter debugs locally started GUI processes.
 | 
						|
       It is physically split into parts that are relevant only when Python is
 | 
						|
       available, parts relevant only when Python is not available, and mixed code.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o TermGdbAdapter debugs locally started processes that need a
 | 
						|
       console.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o AttachGdbAdapter debugs local processes started outside Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o CoreGdbAdapter debugs core files generated from crashes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o RemoteGdbAdapter interacts with the gdbserver running on Linux.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o TrkGdbAdapter interacts with Symbian devices. The gdb protocol and
 | 
						|
       the gdb serial protocol are used between gdb and the adapter. The TRK
 | 
						|
       protocol is used between the adapter and AppTRK running on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \endomit
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Installing Native Debuggers
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    There are various reasons why the debugger plugin may fail to automatically
 | 
						|
    pick up a suitable native debugger. The native debugger might be missing
 | 
						|
    (which is usually the case for the CDB debugger on Windows which always
 | 
						|
    needs to be installed manually by the user) or the installed version is not
 | 
						|
    supported.
 | 
						|
    Check the table below for the supported versions and other important
 | 
						|
    information about installing native debuggers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Native Debugger
 | 
						|
            \o Notes
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Gdb
 | 
						|
            \o On Linux, install version 6.8, 7.0.1 (version 7.0 is not supported),
 | 
						|
            7.1, or later. On Mac OS X, install Apple gdb version 6.3.50-20050815
 | 
						|
            (build 1344) or later.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Debugging tools for Windows
 | 
						|
            \o Using this engine requires you to install the
 | 
						|
               \e{Debugging tools for Windows}
 | 
						|
               \l{http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/installx86.Mspx}{32-bit}
 | 
						|
               or
 | 
						|
               \l{http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/install64bit.Mspx}{64-bit}
 | 
						|
               package (Version 6.11.1.404 for the 32-bit or the 64-bit version of Qt Creator, respectively),
 | 
						|
               which is freely available for download from the
 | 
						|
               \l{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/default.aspx}
 | 
						|
               {Microsoft Developer Network}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               \note Visual Studio does not include the Debugging tools needed,
 | 
						|
               and therefore, you must install them separately.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               The pre-built \e{Qt SDK for Windows} makes use
 | 
						|
               of the library if it is present on the system. When manually building Qt
 | 
						|
               Creator using the Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler, the build process checks
 | 
						|
               for the required files in \c{"%ProgramFiles%\Debugging Tools for Windows"}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               It is highly recommended that you add the Symbol Server provided by Microsoft to the symbol
 | 
						|
               search path of the debugger. The Symbol Server provides you
 | 
						|
               with debugging informaton for the operating system libraries for debugging
 | 
						|
               Windows applications. For more information, see
 | 
						|
               \l{Setting the Symbol Server in Windows}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \row
 | 
						|
           \o Debugging tools for Mac OS X
 | 
						|
           \o The Qt binary distribution contains both debug and release
 | 
						|
              variants of the libraries. But you have to explicitly tell the
 | 
						|
              runtime linker that you want to use the debug libraries even if
 | 
						|
              your application is compiled as debug as release is the default
 | 
						|
              library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              If you use a qmake based project in Qt Creator,  you can set a
 | 
						|
              flag in your run configuration, in \gui Projects mode. In the run
 | 
						|
              configuration, select \gui{Use debug version of frameworks}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              For more detailed information about debugging on the Mac, see:
 | 
						|
              \l http://developer.apple.com/mac/library/technotes/tn2004/tn2124.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \note The Mac OS X Snow Leopard (10.6) has a bug, that can be worked
 | 
						|
              around as described in the link provided below:
 | 
						|
              \l http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com/browse/QTBUG-4962.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endtable    
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting the Symbol Server in Windows
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To obtain debugging information for the operating system libraries for
 | 
						|
    debugging Windows applications, add the Symbol Server provided
 | 
						|
    by Microsoft to the symbol search path of the debugger:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o  Select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} > \gui Debugger > \gui Cdb.
 | 
						|
        \o  In the \gui {Symbol paths} field, open the \gui{Insert...} menu
 | 
						|
            and select \gui{Symbol Server...}.
 | 
						|
        \o  Select a directory where you want to store the cached information
 | 
						|
            and click \gui OK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            Use a subfolder in a temporary directory, such as
 | 
						|
            \c {C:\temp\symbolcache}.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Populating the cache might take a long time on a slow network
 | 
						|
    connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note The first time you start debugging by using the
 | 
						|
    Debugging tools for Windows, Qt Creator prompts you to add the Symbol
 | 
						|
    Server.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-debugging-example.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-debug-mode.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-debugger-engines.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Interacting with the Debugger
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In \gui Debug mode, you can use several views to interact with the
 | 
						|
    program you are debugging. Frequently used views are shown by
 | 
						|
    default and rarely used ones are hidden. To change the default settings,
 | 
						|
    select \gui Debug > \gui Views, and then select views to display
 | 
						|
    or hide. You can also lock views. The position of views is saved for future
 | 
						|
    sessions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-debugger-views.png "Debug mode views"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Starting the Debugger
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To start a program under the debugger's control, select \gui{Debug} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Start Debugging} > \gui{Start Debugging}, or press \key{F5}.
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator checks whether the compiled program is up-to-date, rebuilding
 | 
						|
    it if necessary. The debugger then takes over and starts the program.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Starting a program in the debugger can take a considerable amount of
 | 
						|
    time, typically in the range of several seconds to minutes if complex
 | 
						|
    features (like QtWebKit) are used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Once the program starts running, it behaves and performs as usual.
 | 
						|
    You can interrupt a running program by selecting \gui{Debug} >
 | 
						|
    \gui {Interrupt}. The program is automatically interrupted as soon as a
 | 
						|
    breakpoint is hit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Once the program stops, Qt Creator:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Retrieves data representing the call stack at the program's current
 | 
						|
           position.
 | 
						|
        \o Retrieves the contents of local variables.
 | 
						|
        \o Examines \gui Watchers.
 | 
						|
        \o Updates the \gui Registers, \gui Modules, and \gui Disassembler
 | 
						|
           views.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the \gui Debug mode views to examine the data in more detail.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the following keyboard shortcuts:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o To finish debugging, press \key{Shift+F5}.
 | 
						|
       \o  To execute a line of code as a whole, press \key{F10}.
 | 
						|
       \o  To step into a function or a sub-function, press \key{F11}.
 | 
						|
       \o  To continue running the program, press \key{F5}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    It is also possible to continue executing the program until the current
 | 
						|
    function completes or jump to an arbitrary position in the current function.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting Breakpoints
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A breakpoint represents a position or sets of positions in the code that,
 | 
						|
    when executed, interrupts the program being debugged and passes the control
 | 
						|
    to you. You can then examine the state of the interrupted program, or
 | 
						|
    continue execution either line-by-line or continuously.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator shows breakpoints in the \gui{Breakpoints} view which is enabled
 | 
						|
    by default. The \gui{Breakpoints} view is also accessible when the debugger
 | 
						|
    and the program being debugged is not running.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-debug-breakpoints.png "Breakpoints view"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Typically, breakpoints are associated with a source code file and line, or
 | 
						|
    the start of a function -- both are allowed in Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The interruption of a program by a breakpoint can be restricted with
 | 
						|
    certain conditions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To set a breakpoint:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o At a particular line you want the program to stop, click the
 | 
						|
          left margin or press \key F9 (\key F8 for Mac OS X).
 | 
						|
       \o At a function that you want the program to interrupt, enter the
 | 
						|
          function's name in \gui{Set Breakpoint at Function...} located in the
 | 
						|
          context menu of the \gui{Breakpoints} view.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note You can remove a breakpoint:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o By clicking the breakpoint marker in the text editor.
 | 
						|
        \o By selecting the breakpoint in the breakpoint view and pressing
 | 
						|
           \key{Delete}.
 | 
						|
        \o By selecting \gui{Delete Breakpoint} from the context
 | 
						|
           menu in the \gui Breakpoints view.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can set and delete breakpoints before the program starts running or
 | 
						|
    while it is running under the debugger's control. Breakpoints are saved
 | 
						|
    together with a session.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Viewing Call Stack Trace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When the program being debugged is interrupted, Qt Creator displays the
 | 
						|
    nested function calls leading to the current position as a call stack
 | 
						|
    trace. This stack trace is built up from call stack frames, each
 | 
						|
    representing a particular function. For each function, Qt Creator tries
 | 
						|
    to retrieve the file name and line number of the corresponding source
 | 
						|
    file. This data is shown in the \gui Stack view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-debug-stack.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Since the call stack leading to the current position may originate or go
 | 
						|
    through code for which no debug information is available, not all stack
 | 
						|
    frames have corresponding source locations. Stack frames without
 | 
						|
    corresponding source locations are grayed out in the \gui{Stack} view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you click a frame with a known source location, the text editor
 | 
						|
    jumps to the corresponding location and updates the \gui{Locals and Watchers}
 | 
						|
    view, making it seem like the program was interrupted before entering the
 | 
						|
    function.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Viewing Threads
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If a multi-threaded program is interrupted, the \gui Thread view or the
 | 
						|
    combobox named \gui Thread in the debugger's status bar can be used to
 | 
						|
    switch from one thread to another. The \gui Stack view adjusts itself
 | 
						|
    accordingly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Viewing Modules and Source Files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Modules} view and \gui{Source Files} views display information
 | 
						|
    that the debugger plugin has about modules and source files included in
 | 
						|
    the project. The \gui{Modules} view lists the modules in the project and
 | 
						|
    symbols within the modules. In addition, it indicates where the module
 | 
						|
    was loaded.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Source Files} view lists all the source files included in the project.
 | 
						|
    If you cannot step into an instruction, you can check whether the source file is
 | 
						|
    actually part of the project, or whether it was compiled
 | 
						|
    elsewhere. The view shows the path to each file in the file system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    By default, the \gui{Modules} view and \gui{Source Files} view are hidden.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Viewing Disassembled Code and Register State
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Disassembler} view displays disassembled code for the current
 | 
						|
    function. The \gui{Registers} view displays the current state of the CPU's
 | 
						|
    registers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Disassembler} view and the \gui{Registers} view are both useful
 | 
						|
    for low-level commands for checking single instructions, such as \gui{Step Into}
 | 
						|
    and \gui{Step Over}. By default, both \gui{Disassembler} and
 | 
						|
    \gui{Registers} view are hidden.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Locals and Watchers
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Whenever a program stops under the control of the debugger, it retrieves
 | 
						|
    information about the topmost stack frame and displays it in the
 | 
						|
    \gui{Locals and Watchers} view. The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view
 | 
						|
    typically includes information about parameters of the function in that
 | 
						|
    frame as well as the local variables.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-watcher.png "Locals and Watchers view"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Compound variables of struct or class type are displayed as
 | 
						|
    expandable in the view. Expand entries to show
 | 
						|
    all members. Together with the display of value and type, you can
 | 
						|
    examine and traverse the low-level layout of object data.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  \bold{Note:}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  Gdb, and therefore Qt Creator's debugger works for optimized
 | 
						|
                builds on Linux and Mac OS X. Optimization can lead to
 | 
						|
                re-ordering of instructions or removal of some local variables,
 | 
						|
                causing the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view to show unexpected
 | 
						|
                data.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \i  The debug information provided by gcc does not include enough
 | 
						|
                information about the time when a variable is initialized.
 | 
						|
                Therefore, Qt Creator can not tell whether the contents of a
 | 
						|
                local variable contains "real data", or "initial noise". If a
 | 
						|
                QObject appears uninitialized, its value is reported as
 | 
						|
                \gui {not in scope}. Not all uninitialized objects, however, can be
 | 
						|
                recognized as such.
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view also provides access to the most
 | 
						|
    powerful feature of the debugger: comprehensive display of data belonging
 | 
						|
    to Qt's basic objects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To enable Qt's basic objects data display feature:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o  Select \gui Tools > \gui {Options...} > \gui Debugger >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Debugging Helper} and check the \gui{Use debugging helper}
 | 
						|
           checkbox.
 | 
						|
       \o  The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view is reorganized to provide a
 | 
						|
           high-level view of the objects.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For example, in case of QObject, instead of displaying a pointer to some
 | 
						|
    private data structure, you see a list of children, signals and slots.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Similarly, instead of displaying many pointers and integers, Qt Creator's
 | 
						|
    debugger displays the contents of a QHash or QMap in an orderly manner.
 | 
						|
    Also, the debugger displays access data for QFileInfo and provides
 | 
						|
    access to the "real" contents of QVariant.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view to change the contents of
 | 
						|
    variables of simple data types, for example, \c int or \c float when the
 | 
						|
    program is interrupted. To do so, click the \gui Value column, modify
 | 
						|
    the value with the inplace editor, and press \key Enter (or \key Return).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note The set of watched items is saved in your session.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-debugging-cpp.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-debugging-example.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-debug-mode.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Debugging the Example Application
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This section uses the \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}{TextFinder} example to
 | 
						|
    illustrate how to debug applications in the \gui Debug mode. TextFinder
 | 
						|
    reads a text file into
 | 
						|
    QString and then displays it with QTextEdit.
 | 
						|
    To look at the example QString, \c{line}, and see the
 | 
						|
    stored data, place a breakpoint and view the QString object
 | 
						|
    data, as follows:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Click in between the line number and the window border on the line
 | 
						|
        where we invoke \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qtextedit.html#plainText-prop}{setPlainText()}
 | 
						|
        to set a breakpoint.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint1.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui{Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging} or press \key{F5}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To view the breakpoint, click the \gui{Breakpoints} tab.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint2.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To remove a breakpoint, right-click it and select \gui{Delete Breakpoint}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To view the contents of \c{line}, go to the \gui{Locals and
 | 
						|
    Watchers} view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \image qtcreator-watcher.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Modify the \c{on_findButton_clicked()} function to move back to
 | 
						|
    the start of the document and continue searching once the cursor hits the
 | 
						|
    end of the document. Add the following code snippet:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    void TextFinder::on_findButton_clicked()
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        QString searchString = ui->lineEdit->text();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        QTextDocument *document = ui->textEdit->document();
 | 
						|
        QTextCursor cursor = ui->textEdit->textCursor();
 | 
						|
        cursor = document->find(searchString, cursor,
 | 
						|
            QTextDocument::FindWholeWords);
 | 
						|
        ui->textEdit->setTextCursor(cursor);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        bool found = cursor.isNull();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!found && previouslyFound) {
 | 
						|
            int ret = QMessageBox::question(this, tr("End of Document"),
 | 
						|
            tr("I have reached the end of the document. Would you like "
 | 
						|
            "me to start searching from the beginning of the document?"),
 | 
						|
            QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No, QMessageBox::Yes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (ret == QMessageBox::Yes) {
 | 
						|
                cursor = document->find(searchString,
 | 
						|
                    QTextDocument::FindWholeWords);
 | 
						|
                ui->textEdit->setTextCursor(cursor);
 | 
						|
            } else
 | 
						|
                return;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        previouslyFound = found;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you compile and run the above code, however, the application does not
 | 
						|
    work correctly due to a logic error. To locate this logic error, step
 | 
						|
    through the code using the following buttons:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-debugging-buttons.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-debugger-engines.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-debugging-helpers.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-debugging-qml.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Using Debugging Helpers
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Debugging Helper Library with C++
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    While debugging, Qt Creator dynamically loads a helper library into your
 | 
						|
    program. This helper library enables Qt Creator to pretty print Qt and STL
 | 
						|
    types. The Qt SDK package already contains a prebuilt debugging helper
 | 
						|
    library. To create your own debugging helper library, select \gui{Tools} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Options...} > \gui{Qt4} > \gui{Qt Versions}. As the internal data
 | 
						|
    structures of Qt can change between versions, the debugging helper
 | 
						|
    library is built for each Qt version.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Debugging Helper Library with Python
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    With the gdb Python version, you can
 | 
						|
    use debugging helpers also for user defined types. To do so,
 | 
						|
    define one Python function per user defined type in \c{.gdbinit}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The function name has to be qdump__NS__Foo, where NS::Foo is the class
 | 
						|
    or class template to be examined. Nested namespaces are possible.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The debugger plugin calls this function whenever you want to
 | 
						|
    display an object of this type. The function is passed the following
 | 
						|
    parameters:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o  \c d of type \c Dumper
 | 
						|
       \o  \c item of type \c Item
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The function has to feed the Dumper object with certain information
 | 
						|
    which is used to build up the object and its children's display in the
 | 
						|
    \gui{Locals and Watchers} view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Example:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    def qdump__QVector(d, item):
 | 
						|
        d_ptr = item.value["d"]
 | 
						|
        p_ptr = item.value["p"]
 | 
						|
        alloc = d_ptr["alloc"]
 | 
						|
        size = d_ptr["size"]
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        check(0 <= size and size <= alloc and alloc <= 1000 * 1000 * 1000)
 | 
						|
        check(d_ptr["ref"]["_q_value"] > 0)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        innerType = item.value.type.template_argument(0)
 | 
						|
        d.putItemCount(size)
 | 
						|
        d.putNumChild(size)
 | 
						|
        if d.isExpanded(item):
 | 
						|
            p = gdb.Value(p_ptr["array"]).cast(innerType.pointer())
 | 
						|
            with Children(d, [size, 2000], innerType)
 | 
						|
                for i in d.childRange():
 | 
						|
                    d.putItem(Item(p.dereference(), item.iname, i))
 | 
						|
                    p += 1
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Item Class
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Item Python class is a thin wrapper around values corresponding to one
 | 
						|
    line in the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view. The Item members are as follows :
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{__init__(self, value, parentiname, iname, name = None)} - A
 | 
						|
       constructor. The object's internal name is created by concatenating
 | 
						|
       \c parentiname and \c iname. If \c None is passed as \c name, a
 | 
						|
       serial number is used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{value} - An object of type gdb.Value representing the value to
 | 
						|
        be displayed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{iname} - The internal name of the object, constituting a dot-separated
 | 
						|
    list of identifiers, corresponding to the position of the object's
 | 
						|
    representation in the view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{name} - An optional name. If given, is used in the
 | 
						|
    \gui{name} column of the view. If not, a simple number in brackets
 | 
						|
    is used instead.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Dumper Class
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For each line in the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view, a string like the
 | 
						|
    following needs to be created and channeled to the debugger plugin.
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    "{iname='some internal name',
 | 
						|
      addr='object address in memory',
 | 
						|
      name='contents of the name column',
 | 
						|
      value='contents of the value column',
 | 
						|
      type='contents of the type column',
 | 
						|
      numchild='number of children',        // zero/nonzero is sufficient
 | 
						|
      childtype='default type of children', // optional
 | 
						|
      childnumchild='default number of grandchildren', // optional
 | 
						|
      children=[              // only needed if item is expanded in view
 | 
						|
         {iname='internal name of first child',
 | 
						|
          ... },
 | 
						|
         {iname='internal name of second child',
 | 
						|
          ... },
 | 
						|
         ...
 | 
						|
      ]}"
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    While in theory, you can build up the entire string above manually, it is
 | 
						|
    easier to employ the Dumper Python class for that purpose. The Dumper
 | 
						|
    Python class contains a complete framework to take care of the \c iname and
 | 
						|
    \c addr fields, to handle children of simple types, references, pointers,
 | 
						|
    enums, known and unknown structs as well as some convenience methods to
 | 
						|
    handle common situations.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Dumper members are the following:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{__init__(self)} - Initializes the output to an empty string and
 | 
						|
        empties the child stack.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{put(self, value)} - Low level method to directly append to the
 | 
						|
        output string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putCommaIfNeeded(self)} - Appends a comma if the current output
 | 
						|
        ends in '}', '"' or ']' .
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putField(self, name, value)} - Appends a comma if needed, and a
 | 
						|
         name='value' field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{beginItem(self, name)} - Starts writing a field by writing \c {name='}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{endItem(self)} - Ends writing a field by writing \c {'}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{endChildren(self)} - Ends writing a list of children.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{childRange(self)} - Returns the range of children specified in
 | 
						|
        the current \c Children scope.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putItemCount(self, count)} - Appends a field  \c {value='<%d items'}
 | 
						|
        to the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putEllipsis(self)} - Appends fields
 | 
						|
        \c {'{name="<incomplete>",value="",type="",numchild="0"}'}. This is
 | 
						|
        automatically done by \c endChildren if the number of children to
 | 
						|
        print is smaller than the number of actual children.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putName(self, name)} - Appends a \c {name='...'} field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putType(self, type)} - Appends a field \c {type='...'} unless the
 | 
						|
        \a type coincides with the parent's default child type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putNumChild(self, numchild)} - Appends a field \c {numchild='...'}
 | 
						|
        unless the \c numchild coincides with the parent's default child numchild
 | 
						|
        value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putValue(self, value, encoding = None)} - Append a file \c {value='...'},
 | 
						|
        optionally followed by a field \c {valueencoding='...'}. The \c value
 | 
						|
        needs to be convertible to a string entirely consisting of
 | 
						|
        alphanumerical values. The \c encoding parameter can be used to
 | 
						|
        specify the encoding in case the real value had to be encoded in some
 | 
						|
        way to meet the alphanumerical-only requirement.
 | 
						|
        Currently the following encodings are supported:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
            \o 0: unencoded 8 bit data, interpreted as Latin1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o 1: base64 encoded 8 bit data, used for QByteArray,
 | 
						|
                double quotes are added.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o 2: base64 encoded 16 bit data, used for QString,
 | 
						|
                double quotes are added.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o 3: base64 encoded 32 bit data,
 | 
						|
                double quotes are added.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o 4: base64 encoded 16 bit data, without quotes (see 2)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o 5: base64 encoded 8 bit data, without quotes (see 1)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o 6: %02x encoded 8 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
 | 
						|
                double quotes are added.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o 7: %04x encoded 16 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
 | 
						|
                double quotes are added.
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putStringValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QString and calls
 | 
						|
        \c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putByteArrayValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QByteArray and calls
 | 
						|
        \c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{isExpanded(self, item)} - Checks whether the item with the
 | 
						|
        internal name \c item.iname is expanded in the view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{isExpandedIName(self, iname)} - Checks whether the item with the
 | 
						|
        internal name \c iname is expanded in the view.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{putIntItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
        self.beginHash()
 | 
						|
        self.putName(name)
 | 
						|
        self.putValue(value)
 | 
						|
        self.putType("int")
 | 
						|
        self.putNumChild(0)
 | 
						|
        self.endHash()
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \gui{putBoolItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
        self.beginHash()
 | 
						|
        self.putName(name)
 | 
						|
        self.putValue(value)
 | 
						|
        self.putType("bool")
 | 
						|
        self.putNumChild(0)
 | 
						|
        self.endHash()
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{pushOutput(self)} - Moves the output string to a safe location
 | 
						|
        from with it is sent to the debugger plugin even if further operations
 | 
						|
        raise an exception.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putCallItem(self, name, item, func)} -
 | 
						|
        Uses gdb to call the function \c func on the value specified by
 | 
						|
        \a {item.value} and output the resulting item. This function is
 | 
						|
        not available when debugging core dumps and it is not available
 | 
						|
        on the Symbian platform due to restrictions imposed by AppTRK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putItemHelper(self, item)} - The "master function", handling
 | 
						|
        basic types, references, pointers and enums directly, iterates
 | 
						|
        over base classes and class members of compound types and calls
 | 
						|
        \c qdump__* functions whenever appropriate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o \gui{putItem(self, item)} - Equivalent to:
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
        with SubItem(self):
 | 
						|
            self.putItemHelper(item)
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
        Exceptions raised by nested function calls are caught and all
 | 
						|
        output produced by \c putItemHelper is replaced by the output of:
 | 
						|
        \code
 | 
						|
            ...
 | 
						|
        except RuntimeError:
 | 
						|
            d.put('value="<invalid>",type="<unknown>",numchild="0",')
 | 
						|
        \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Children and SubItem Class
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Child items might report errors if data is uninitialized or corrupted
 | 
						|
    or if the helper code is broken. To gracefully recover from these
 | 
						|
    errors, use \c Children and \c SubItem \e{Context Managers} to create
 | 
						|
    nested items.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \c Children constructor \gui{__init__(self, dumper, numChild = 1,
 | 
						|
    childType = None, childNumChild = None)} uses one non-optional argument
 | 
						|
    \c dumper to refer to the current \c Dumper object and three optional
 | 
						|
    arguments, specifying the number \c numChild of children, with type
 | 
						|
    \c childType_ and \c childNumChild_ grandchildren each. If \c numChild_
 | 
						|
    is a list of two integers, the first one specifies the actual number
 | 
						|
    of children and the second the maximum number of children to print.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Similarly, using the \c SubItem class helps to protect individual items.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Example:
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    d.putNumChild(2)
 | 
						|
    if d.isExpanded(item):
 | 
						|
        with Children(d):
 | 
						|
            with SubItem(d):
 | 
						|
                d.putName("key")
 | 
						|
                d.putItemHelper(Item(key, item.iname, "key"))
 | 
						|
            with SubItem(d):
 | 
						|
                d.putName("value")
 | 
						|
                d.putItemHelper(Item(value, item.iname, "value"))
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-project-qmake.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-project-cmake.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-project-generic.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Setting Up a CMake Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CMake is an alternative to qmake for automating the generation of makefiles.
 | 
						|
    It controls the software compilation process by using simple configuration
 | 
						|
    files, called CMakeLists.txt files. CMake generates native makefiles and
 | 
						|
    workspaces that you can use in the compiler environment of your choice.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Since Qt Creator 1.1, CMake configuration files are supported.
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator 1.3 supports the Microsoft Toolchain if the CMake version
 | 
						|
    is at least 2.8.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting the Path for CMake
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can set the path for the \c CMake executable in \gui{Tools} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Options...} > \gui{CMake} > \gui{CMake}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-cmakeexecutable.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Before you open a \c CMake project it is necessary to modify the
 | 
						|
    \c{PATH} environment variable to include the bin folders of \c mingw and
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator in the SDK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For instance, if you have the Qt Creator SDK installed in your C drive,
 | 
						|
    use the following command to set the environment variables in
 | 
						|
    the command line prompt:
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    set PATH=C:\qtsdk\mingw\bin;C:\qtsdk\qt\bin;
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
    Then start Qt Creator by typing:
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    C:\qtsdk\bin\qtcreator.exe
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Opening CMake Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To open a \c CMake project:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o  Select \gui{File} > \gui{Open File or Project...}.
 | 
						|
        \o  Select the \c{CMakeLists.txt} file from your \c CMake project.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A wizard guides you through the rest of the process.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note If the \c CMake project does not have an in-place build, Qt Creator
 | 
						|
    lets you specify the directory in which the project is built
 | 
						|
   (\l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow build}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-cmake-import-wizard1.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The screenshot below shows how you can specify command line arguments to
 | 
						|
    \c CMake for your project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-cmake-import-wizard2.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Normally, there is no need to pass any command line arguments for projects
 | 
						|
    that are already built, as \c CMake caches that information.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Building CMake Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator builds \c CMake projects by running \c make, \c mingw32-make, or
 | 
						|
    \c nmake depending on your platform. The build errors and warnings are
 | 
						|
    parsed and displayed in the \gui{Build Issues} output pane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    By default, Qt Creator builds the \bold{all} target. You can specify which
 | 
						|
    targets to build in \gui{Project} mode, under \gui{Build Settings}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-cmake-build-settings.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator supports multiple build configurations. The build
 | 
						|
    directory can also be modified after the initial import.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Running CMake Projects
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator automatically adds \gui{Run Configurations} for all targets
 | 
						|
    specified in the \c CMake project file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Known issues for the current version can be found
 | 
						|
    \l{Known Issues}{here}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Adding External Libraries to a CMake Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Through external libraries Qt Creator can support code completion and
 | 
						|
    syntax highlighting as if they were part of the current project or the Qt
 | 
						|
    library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator detects the external libraries using the \c FIND_PACKAGE()
 | 
						|
    macro. Some libraries come with the CMake installation. You can find those
 | 
						|
    in the \bold{Modules} directory of your CMake installation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note If you provide your own libraries, you also need to provide your own
 | 
						|
    \c FindFoo.cmake file. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://vtk.org/Wiki/CMake_FAQ#Writing_FindXXX.cmake_files}{CMake FAQ}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Syntax completion and highlighting work once your project successfully
 | 
						|
    builds and links against the external library.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-project-cmake.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-project-generic.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-developing-maemo.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Setting Up a Generic Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator supports generic projects, so you can import existing projects
 | 
						|
    that do not use qmake or CMake and Qt Creator ignores your build system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Generic project support allows you to use Qt Creator as a code editor. You
 | 
						|
    can change the way your project is built by modifying the \c make command
 | 
						|
    in the \gui{Projects} mode under \gui{Build Settings}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you import a project, Qt Creator creates the following files that
 | 
						|
    allow you to specify which files belong to your project and which include
 | 
						|
    directories or defines you want to pass to your compile:
 | 
						|
    \tt{.files}, \tt{.includes}, and \tt{.config}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Importing a Generic Project
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To import an existing generic project:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project...} >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Other Project} > \gui{Import Existing Project}.
 | 
						|
        \o In \gui{Import Existing Project}, enter the project name
 | 
						|
           and select the location of the project file you want to import.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           Qt Creator automatically generates the following files in the
 | 
						|
           project directory:
 | 
						|
           \list
 | 
						|
               \o \l{Specifying Files}{.files}
 | 
						|
               \o \l{Specifying Include Paths}{.includes}
 | 
						|
               \o \l{Specifying Defines}{.config}
 | 
						|
               \o .creator
 | 
						|
           \endlist
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When the project is successfully imported, Qt Creator creates the project
 | 
						|
    tree in the sidebar.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    After importing a generic project into Qt Creator, open it by selecting the
 | 
						|
    \tt{.creator} file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Working with Generic Project Files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For a generic project, you have to manually specify which files belong to
 | 
						|
    your project and which include directories or defines you want to pass to
 | 
						|
    your compiler.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Specifying Files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The list of files for a generic project is specified in the \tt{.files}
 | 
						|
    file. When you first create a generic project, Qt Creator adds any
 | 
						|
    files it recognizes to your project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To add or remove files, edit the \tt{.files} file in Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator recreates your project tree when you save the \tt{.files} file.
 | 
						|
    Alternatively, you can add and remove files using the context menu in the
 | 
						|
    project tree.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you frequently need to update the \tt{.files} file, you can do so
 | 
						|
    efficiently by using a script that updates the file for you. If the file
 | 
						|
    is modified externally, you have to restart Qt Creator for the changes to
 | 
						|
    take effect.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To update the \tt{.files} on the \gui Git repository use the following
 | 
						|
    script:
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    git ls-files *.cpp *.h > MyProject.files
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Specifying Include Paths
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The include paths are specified in the \tt{.includes} file, one include
 | 
						|
    path per line. The paths can be either absolute or relative to the
 | 
						|
    \tt{.includes} file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Specifying Defines
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The defines are specified in the \tt{.config} file. The \tt{.config} file is
 | 
						|
    a regular C++ file, prepended to all your source files when they are parsed.
 | 
						|
    Only use the \tt{.config} file to add lines as in the example below:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    #define NAME value
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Creating a Run Configuration
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator cannot automatically determine which executable to run.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui{Projects} mode under \gui{Run Settings}, define the executable
 | 
						|
    file to run:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Click \gui Add and select \gui{Custom Executable}.
 | 
						|
        \o Define the configuration name, the location of the executable, any
 | 
						|
           additional arguments and the working directory.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage adding-plugins.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-visual-editor.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage quick-projects.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Developing Qt Quick Applications
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can either create Qt Quick projects from scratch or import them to
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator. For example, you can import and run the
 | 
						|
    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativeexamples.html} {QML examples and demos}
 | 
						|
    to learn how to use various aspects of QML.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the code editor (\l{Using the Editor}{Edit mode}) or the visual editor
 | 
						|
    (\l{Using Qt Quick Designer}{Design mode}) to develop Qt Quick applications.
 | 
						|
    The following sections describe typical tasks you can do with Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}
 | 
						|
        \o \l {Creating Components}
 | 
						|
        \o \l {Creating Screens}
 | 
						|
        \o \l {Animating Screens}
 | 
						|
        \o \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
 | 
						|
        \o \l {Implementing Application Logic}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note The \QMLD visual editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
 | 
						|
    enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
 | 
						|
    visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To enable or disable the \QMLD visual editor, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {Help > About Plugins... > Qt Quick > QmlDesigner}. You must restart Qt Creator
 | 
						|
    to enable or disable the visual editor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-visual-editor.html
 | 
						|
    \page quick-projects.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage quick-ui.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Creating Qt Quick Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Qt QML Application}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qmldesigner-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator creates the following files:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o .qmlproject project file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image
 | 
						|
    files in the project folder belong to the project. Therefore, you do not
 | 
						|
    need to individually list all the files in the project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o .qml file defines an element, such as a component, screen, or the whole
 | 
						|
    application UI.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \c import statement in the beginning of the .qml file specifies the
 | 
						|
    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativemodules.html} {Qt modules}
 | 
						|
    to import. Each Qt module contains a set of default elements.
 | 
						|
    Specify a version to get the features you want.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To use JavaScript and image files in the application, copy them to the
 | 
						|
    project folder.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To import a QML project to Qt Creator, select
 | 
						|
    \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Import Existing Qt QML Directory}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage quick-ui.html
 | 
						|
    \page quick-components.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage quick-buttons.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Creating Components
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A QML component provides a way of defining a new type that you can re-use in other QML
 | 
						|
    files. A component is like a black box; it interacts with the outside world
 | 
						|
    through properties, signals, and slots, and is generally defined in its own QML file.
 | 
						|
    You can import components to screens and applications.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can create the following QML components:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-borderimage.html}{Border Image}
 | 
						|
        uses an image as a border or background.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-image.html}{Image}
 | 
						|
        adds a bitmap to the scene. You can stretch and tile images.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-item.html}{Item}
 | 
						|
        is the most basic of all visual items in QML. Even though it has no visual appearance,
 | 
						|
        it defines all the properties that are common across visual items, such as the x and
 | 
						|
        y position, width and height, anchoring, and key handling.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-rectangle.html}{Rectangle}
 | 
						|
        adds a rectangle that is painted with a solid fill color and an optional border.
 | 
						|
        You can also use the radius property to create rounded rectangles.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-text.html}{Text}
 | 
						|
        adds formatted read-only text.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-textedit.html}{Text Edit}
 | 
						|
        adds a single line of editable formatted text that can be validated.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-textinput.html}{Text Input}
 | 
						|
        adds a single line of editable plain text that can be validated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage quick-scalable-image.html
 | 
						|
    \page quick-screens.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage quick-list-views.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Creating Screens
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use predefined QML elements and your own components to create screens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can create the following types of views to organize items provided by
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativemodels.html}{data models}:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-gridview.html}{Grid View}
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-listview.html}{List View}
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-pathview.html}{Path View}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the code editor, write the code to use the data models.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Use states and transitions
 | 
						|
    to navigate between screens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QML states typically describe user interface configurations, such as the UI elements,
 | 
						|
    their properties and behavior and the available actions. For example, you can use
 | 
						|
    states to create two screens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage quick-list-views.html
 | 
						|
    \page quick-animations.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage quick-user-interaction.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Animating Screens
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To make movement between states smooth, you can specify transitions.
 | 
						|
    You can use different types of animated transitions. For example, you can animate changes
 | 
						|
    to property values and colors. You can use rotation animation to control the direction of
 | 
						|
    rotation. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativeanimation.html}{QML Animation}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the \c ParallelAnimation element to start several animations at the same time.
 | 
						|
    Or use the \c SequentialAnimation element to run them one after another.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can use the code editor to specify transitions. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-transition.html}{QML Transition Element}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage quick-animations.html
 | 
						|
    \page quick-user-interaction.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage quick-application-logic.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Adding User Interaction Methods
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can add the following basic interaction methods to scenes:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-flickable.html}{Flickable}
 | 
						|
        items can be flicked horizontally or vertically.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-flipable.html}{Flipable}
 | 
						|
        items can be flipped between their front and back sides by using rotation,
 | 
						|
        state, and transition.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-focusscope.html}{Focus Scope}
 | 
						|
        assists in keyboard focus handling when building reusable QML components.
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-mousearea.html}{Mouse Area}
 | 
						|
        enables simple mouse handling.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage quick-user-interaction.html
 | 
						|
    \page quick-application-logic.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-building-running.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Implementing Application Logic
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A user interface is only a part of an application, and not really useful by itself.
 | 
						|
    You can use Qt or JavaScript to implement the application logic. For more information on
 | 
						|
    using JavaScript, see
 | 
						|
    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativejavascript.html} {Integrating JavaScript}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For an example of how to use JavaScript to develop a game, see the
 | 
						|
    \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qml-advtutorial.html} {QML Advanced Tutorial}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-project-generic.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-developing-maemo.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-developing-symbian.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Maemo is a software platform developed by Nokia for smartphones and
 | 
						|
    Internet Tablets. The Maemo SDK provides an open development environment
 | 
						|
    for different applications on top of the Maemo platform. The necessary
 | 
						|
    tools from the Maemo SDK are also included in the Nokia Qt SDK.
 | 
						|
    The whole tool chain that you need to create, build, debug, run, and deploy
 | 
						|
    Maemo applictions is installed and configured when you install the Nokia
 | 
						|
    Qt SDK.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Maemo 5 is based on the Linux 2.6 operating system. For more
 | 
						|
    information about the Maemo platform, see
 | 
						|
    \l{http://maemo.org/intro/platform/}{Software Platform} on the Maemo web site.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Hardware and Software Requirements
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To build and run Qt applications for Maemo, you need the following:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o  Nokia N900 device with software update release 1.2 (V10.2010.19-1)
 | 
						|
       or later installed.
 | 
						|
       \o  MADDE cross-platform Maemo development
 | 
						|
           tool (installed as part of the Nokia Qt SDK).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
           For more information about MADDE pertaining to its
 | 
						|
           installation, configuration, and deployment on the device, see
 | 
						|
          \l{http://wiki.maemo.org/MADDE}{Introduction to MADDE}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Nokia USB drivers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Only needed if you develop on Windows and if you use a USB connection
 | 
						|
       to run applications on the device. The drivers are
 | 
						|
       installed as part of the Nokia Qt SDK. You can also download them from
 | 
						|
       \l{https://garage.maemo.org/frs/?group_id=801&release_id=2655}{PC Connectivity}
 | 
						|
       on the Maemo web site. Download and install the latest
 | 
						|
       PC_Connectivity_<version>.exe (at the time of writing,
 | 
						|
       PC_Connectivity_0.9.4.exe).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     The Qt Creator/MADDE integration is supported on the following platforms:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o  Linux (32 bit and 64 bit)
 | 
						|
       \o  Windows (32 bit and 64 bit)
 | 
						|
       \omit \o  Mac OS 10.5 Leopard, or higher \endomit
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note The only supported build system for Maemo in Qt
 | 
						|
    Creator is qmake.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting Up the Nokia N900
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can connect your device to your development PC using either a USB or
 | 
						|
    WLAN connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For the device, you need to use a tool called Mad Developer to create the
 | 
						|
    device-side end point for USB and WLAN connections. It provides no
 | 
						|
    diagnostics functions but is essential for creating connections between the
 | 
						|
    device and your development PC.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To use a WLAN connection, you must activate WLAN on the device and connect
 | 
						|
    it to the same WLAN as the development PC. The network address is displayed
 | 
						|
    in the Mad Developer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To use an USB connection, you need to set up the Nokia N900 as a network device
 | 
						|
    on the development PC.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note If you plan to connect your development PC to the Nokia N900 only over WLAN, you can
 | 
						|
    ignore the USB-specific parts in the following sections.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Installing and Configuring Mad Developer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Install Mad Developer on a device and configure
 | 
						|
    a connection between the development PC and the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To install and configure Mad Developer:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \list 1
 | 
						|
         \o On the Nokia N900, select \gui{Download} > \gui{Development} > \gui{mad-developer}
 | 
						|
         to install the Mad Developer software package.
 | 
						|
         \o Click \gui {Mad Developer} to start the Mad Developer application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \o To use a WLAN connection, activate WLAN on the device and connect
 | 
						|
         to the same network as the development PC. You can see the network
 | 
						|
         address in the \gui wlan0 field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \o To use an USB connection:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \list a
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \o If you are using Microsoft Windows as development host, you must
 | 
						|
         change the driver loaded for instantiating the connection.
 | 
						|
         In the Mad Developer, select \gui{Manage USB} and select \gui{Load g_ether}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \o To set up the USB settings, click \gui Edit on the \gui usb0 row and
 | 
						|
         confirm by clicking \gui Configure.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          \note By default, you do not need to make changes. The \gui usb0 row
 | 
						|
          displays the IP address 192.168.2.15.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Select \gui{Developer Password} to generate a password for a freshly
 | 
						|
          created user called \bold developer. The password stays valid for as long
 | 
						|
          as the password generation dialog is open. You enter the password when
 | 
						|
          you configure the connection in Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          \image qtcreator-mad-developer-screenshot.png
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Installing Qt Mobility APIs
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To develop applications that use the Qt Mobility APIs, you must install the
 | 
						|
    APIs on the devices. The APIs are not available in the Nokia N900 package
 | 
						|
    manager, and therefore, you must install them from the command line as the
 | 
						|
    root user. To become the root user you must first install \c rootsh from the
 | 
						|
    application manager.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o On the device, install \c rootsh from the \gui {Application Manager}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In \gui Programs, select \c {X Terminal} to open a terminal window.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To switch to the root user, enter the following command:
 | 
						|
        \c{sudo gainroot}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To install Qt Mobility libraries, enter the following command:
 | 
						|
        \c{apt-get install libqtm-*}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To confirm the installation, enter: \c Y
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Close the terminal.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting Up Network Connectivity on Development PC
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Use the network configuration tools on your platform to specify the
 | 
						|
    connection to the device on the development PC. You need to do this
 | 
						|
    only if you use an USB connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Linux
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The device uses the IP address 192.168.2.15 with the subnet 255.255.255.0
 | 
						|
    for its USB connection by default, so you can create the network interface
 | 
						|
    with a different address inside the same subnet too.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note If you have changed the IP address of the device when configuring
 | 
						|
    Mad Developer, you need to reflect those changes in your development PC USB
 | 
						|
    network settings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Run the following command in a shell as root user:
 | 
						|
                  \c{ifconfig usb0 192.168.2.14 up}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Windows
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you connect the device to your Windows PC, Windows tries to install a
 | 
						|
    driver for the Linux USB Ethernet connection. In the
 | 
						|
    \gui{Found New Hardware Wizard}, select \gui{No, not this time} in the
 | 
						|
    first dialog and \gui{Install the software automatically} in the second
 | 
						|
    dialog.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To specify a network connection:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Open the Network Connections window.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Select the Linux USB Ethernet
 | 
						|
    connection that is displayed as a new Local Area Connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Edit the \gui {Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)} properties
 | 
						|
    to specify the IP address for the connection.
 | 
						|
    In the \gui {Use the following IP address} field, enter the following values:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui {IP Address}: \bold {192.168.2.14}
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui SubnetMask: \bold {255.255.255.0}
 | 
						|
       \o  \gui {Default gateway}: leave this field empty
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Depending on
 | 
						|
    your version of Microsoft Windows you may have to unplug and re-plug the
 | 
						|
    Nokia N900 to reload the driver with its configuration accordingly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Setting Up MADDE
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you install Nokia Qt SDK, the MADDE package is installed and
 | 
						|
    configured automatically on your development PC and you can omit this task.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Download the MADDE installer file for your platform from the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://wiki.maemo.org/MADDE}{MADDE} site.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Execute the installer and follow the instructions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o To see which targets are available, run \c{mad-admin list targets}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o To install the target that starts with the string \bold fremantle, use the command:
 | 
						|
    \c{mad-admin create fremantle-qt-xxx}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o In Qt Creator, register the MADDE tool chain:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \image qtcreator-screenshot-toolchain.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \list a
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 > \gui{Qt Versions}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-windows-add.png,
 | 
						|
            to add a new Qt version.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            The \gui{qmake Location} is the qmake
 | 
						|
            executable in \c{<MADDE dir>/targets/<fremantle target>/bin}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you have installed the target, you have a toolchain and a sysroot
 | 
						|
    environment for cross-compiling.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Configuring Connections in Qt Creator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To be able to run and debug applications on the Maemo emulator and
 | 
						|
    devices, you must set up a connection to the emulator and the device in the
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator build and run settings. If you install Nokia Qt SDK, the
 | 
						|
    necessary software is installed and configured automatically and you
 | 
						|
    only need to configure a connection to the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    By default, you create the connection as the \e developer user. This
 | 
						|
    protects real user data on the device from getting corrupted during
 | 
						|
    testing. If you write applications that use Mobility APIs, you might want
 | 
						|
    to test them with real user data. To create a connection as a user, specify
 | 
						|
    the \gui Username and \gui Password in Qt Creator. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Testing with User Data}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can protect the connections between Qt Creator and the Maemo emulator
 | 
						|
    or a device by using either a password or an SSH key. You must always
 | 
						|
    use a password for the initial connection, but can then deploy an SSH
 | 
						|
    key and use it for subsequent connections. If you use a password, you
 | 
						|
    must generate it in Mad Developer and enter it in Qt Creator every time
 | 
						|
    you connect to the Maemo emulator or to a device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you do not have an SSH key, you can create it in Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
    Encrypted keys are not supported. For more
 | 
						|
    information, see \l{Generating SSH Keys}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To configure connections between Qt Creator and the Maemo emulator or
 | 
						|
    device:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o If you install the Maemo emulator (QEMU) separately, you must
 | 
						|
           specify parameters to access it:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \list a
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Start Mad Developer in the emulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Click \gui {Developer Password} to generate a password for
 | 
						|
            the connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o In Qt Creator, select \gui {Tools > Options... > Projects >
 | 
						|
            Maemo Device Configurations > Add} to add a new configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \image qtcreator-maemo-emulator-connection.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o In the \gui {Configuration name} field, enter a name for
 | 
						|
            the connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o In the \gui {Device type} field, select \gui {Local simulator}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o In the \gui {Authentication type} field, select \gui Password
 | 
						|
            for the initial connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o In the \gui Password field, enter the password from the Mad
 | 
						|
            Developer for the initial connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            You can use the default values for the other fields.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Click \gui Test to test the connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o To avoid having to specify the password every time you connect
 | 
						|
            to the Maemo emulator, click \gui {Deploy Key...} and select
 | 
						|
            the file that contains your public key.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o When you have deployed the key to the device, change the
 | 
						|
            configuration to use the SSH key for protection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \image qtcreator-maemo-emulator-connection-key.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            The default location of the private key file is displayed in the
 | 
						|
            \gui {Private key file} field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            If you installed the Nokia Qt SDK, a connection has been configured
 | 
						|
            and you only need to specify the password and deploy the SSH key.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o  To deploy applications and run them remotely, specify parameters
 | 
						|
            for accessing devices:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \list a
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Connect your device to the development PC via an USB cable or
 | 
						|
            a WLAN. For an USB connection, you are prompted to select the mode
 | 
						|
            to use. Choose \gui{PC suite mode}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \note If you experience connection problems due to a USB port issue,
 | 
						|
            switch to a different port or use WLAN to connect to the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Projects >
 | 
						|
            \gui{Maemo Device Configurations > Add}, and add a new configuration for a
 | 
						|
            \gui {Remote device}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \image qtcreator-screenshot-devconf.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o In the \gui {Host name} field, enter the IP address from the
 | 
						|
            \gui usb0 or \gui wlan0 field in Mad Developer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Specify the other settings in the same way as for a Maemo emulator
 | 
						|
            connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Click \gui Test to test the connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \o Click \gui OK to close the dialog.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \o To specify build and run settings:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \list a
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                \o Open a project for an application you want to develop for your
 | 
						|
                Nokia N900.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                \o Click \gui Projects to open the projects mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                \o In the \gui{Build Settings} section, choose the MADDE Qt version.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                 \image qtcreator-screenshot-build-settings.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                 \o In the \gui{Run Settings} section, click \gui Add to add a new
 | 
						|
                 run configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                 \o Set a name and select the device configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                 \image qtcreator-screenshot-run-settings.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                 \note You can either add separate run settings for both the Maemo
 | 
						|
                  emulator connection and the device connection or select the
 | 
						|
                  \gui {Device configuration} before you run the application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Testing with User Data
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To run your application as the default user, you must first assign a password
 | 
						|
    for the user account and then create the connection to the device as the
 | 
						|
    user:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o On the device, in \gui Programs, select \c {X Terminal} to open a
 | 
						|
        terminal window.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To switch to the root user, enter the following command:
 | 
						|
        \c{sudo gainroot}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o To specify the password, enter the following command:
 | 
						|
        \c {passwd user}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o In Qt Creator, Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Projects >
 | 
						|
        \gui{Maemo Device Configurations}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Specify the username \c user and the password in the device configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \section2 Generating SSH Keys
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         If you do not have an SSH public and private key pair, you can generate it
 | 
						|
         in Qt Creator. You can specify key length and the key algorithm, RSA or DSA.
 | 
						|
         If you only use the keys to protect connections to the Maemo emulator or
 | 
						|
         device, you can use the default values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \o Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Projects > Maemo Device Configurations
 | 
						|
             > Generate SSH Key...}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \o Click \gui {Generate SSH Key}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \image qtcreator-ssh-key-configuration.png "SSH Key Configuration dialog"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \o Click \gui {Save Public Key...} to select the location to save the
 | 
						|
             public key.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \o Click \gui {Save Private Key...} to specify the location to save the
 | 
						|
             private key.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
             \o Click \gui Close to close the dialog.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
         \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Troubleshooting
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The addresses used in this example might be reserved by some other application
 | 
						|
    in your network. If you cannot establish a connection, try the following optional
 | 
						|
    configurations:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o usb0 in Mad Developer on Device
 | 
						|
            \o USB Network on Development PC
 | 
						|
            \o Host Name in Qt Creator Build Settings
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o 172.30.7.15 255.255.255.0
 | 
						|
            \o 172.30.7.14 255.255.255.0
 | 
						|
            \o 172.30.7.15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o 10.133.133.15
 | 
						|
            \o 10.133.133.14
 | 
						|
            \o 10.133.133.15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o 192.168.133.15
 | 
						|
            \o 192.168.133.14
 | 
						|
            \o 192.168.133.15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            \note You cannot use the value localhost for connections to a device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note VPN connections might block the device connection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-qml-inspector.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-maemo-emulator.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-version-control.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Using the Maemo Emulator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Maemo emulator emulates the Nokia N900 device environment. You can test
 | 
						|
    applications in conditions practically identical to running the application
 | 
						|
    on a Nokia N900 device with software update release 1.2 (V10.2010.19-1).
 | 
						|
    You can test user interaction by using the keypad and
 | 
						|
    touch emulation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To test the application UI, user interaction with the application, and
 | 
						|
    functionality that uses the mobility APIs, use the Qt Simulator,
 | 
						|
    instead. For more information, see the
 | 
						|
    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qt-simulator-beta/index.html}{Qt Simulator Manual}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Maemo emulator is installed and configured as part of the Nokia Qt SDK
 | 
						|
    package. You can also install and configure the MADDE environment and
 | 
						|
    Maemo emulator separately. For more information, see
 | 
						|
    \l{Setting Up Development Environment for Maemo}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Starting the Maemo Emulator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The \gui {Start Maemo Emulator} button is visible if you have a project
 | 
						|
    open in Qt Creator for which you have added the Maemo build target
 | 
						|
    and if you have configured a connection between Qt Creator and the Maemo
 | 
						|
    Emulator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To start the Maemo emulator:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Click
 | 
						|
    \inlineimage qtcreator-maemo-emulator-button.png "Start Maemo Emulator button"
 | 
						|
    .
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o Select \gui {Mad Developer} on the Maemo emulator, to start the Mad Developer
 | 
						|
    application
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o If you have not deployed an SSH key to protect the connection between
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator and the Maemo emulator, select \gui {Developer Password} to generate
 | 
						|
    a password.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o In Qt Creator, enter the password in the connection settings:
 | 
						|
    \gui {Tools > Options... > Projects > Maemo Device Configurations}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Test your application on the Maemo emulator as on a device. For a list of
 | 
						|
    keyboard shortcuts that you can use to emulate Nokia N900 keys and functions, see
 | 
						|
    \l {Emulating Nokia N900 Keys}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Emulating Nokia N900 Keys
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following table summarizes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use
 | 
						|
    to emulate Nokia N900 keys and functions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Nokia N900 Key
 | 
						|
            \o Keyboard Shortcut
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o \list
 | 
						|
                \o Alphabet keys
 | 
						|
                \o Comma (,)
 | 
						|
                \o Period (.)
 | 
						|
                \o Space
 | 
						|
                \o Arrow keys
 | 
						|
                \o Enter
 | 
						|
                \o Backspace
 | 
						|
               \endlist
 | 
						|
            \o Respective keys on the development PC keyboard.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Shift
 | 
						|
            \o Left Shift key
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl
 | 
						|
            \o Left Ctrl key
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Mode
 | 
						|
            \o Left Alt key
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Power
 | 
						|
            \o Esc
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Keypad slider open and close
 | 
						|
            \o F1
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Keypad lock
 | 
						|
            \o F2
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Camera lens open and close
 | 
						|
            \o F3
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Camera focus
 | 
						|
            \o F4
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Camera take picture
 | 
						|
            \o F5
 | 
						|
            \note The actual camera functionality is not emulated.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Stereo headphones connect and disconnect
 | 
						|
            \o F6
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Volume down
 | 
						|
            \o F7
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Volume up
 | 
						|
            \o F8
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Accelerometer x axis, negative
 | 
						|
            \o 1
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Accelerometer x axis, positive
 | 
						|
            \o 2
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Accelerometer z axis, negative
 | 
						|
            \o 4
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Accelerometer z axis, positive
 | 
						|
            \o 5
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Accelerometer y axis, negative
 | 
						|
            \o 7
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Accelerometer y axis, positive
 | 
						|
            \o 8
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-developing-maemo.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-developing-symbian.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-project-managing-sessions.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Setting Up Development Environment for Symbian
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Hardware and Software Requirements
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Windows is the only development platform for the Symbian target
 | 
						|
    supported at the moment.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For deploying and running applications on the device, you need the
 | 
						|
    following:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o The Nokia USB drivers that come with \e{PC Suite} or \e{Ovi Suite}
 | 
						|
        \o The \l{http://tools.ext.nokia.com/trk/}{App TRK} application for
 | 
						|
           your device
 | 
						|
        \o The \e{qt_installer.sis} package installed on the device, that is
 | 
						|
         delivered with the Qt SDK
 | 
						|
         \o \e {Qt Mobility APIs} installed on the device, if you use them in
 | 
						|
         applications
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To run your applications in the Symbian emulator, you also need
 | 
						|
    to install Carbide.c++ v2.0.0 or higher.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Installing Required Applications on Devices
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The Nokia Qt SDK installation program creates shortcuts for installing
 | 
						|
    the required applications on Symbian devices (you can also use any of
 | 
						|
    the standard methods for installing applications on devices):
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Connect the device to the development PC with an USB cable in
 | 
						|
        PC Suite Mode. If you have not previously used the device with Ovi Suite
 | 
						|
        or PC Suite, all the necessary drivers are installed automatically.
 | 
						|
        This takes approximately one minute.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Choose \gui {Start > Nokia Qt SDK > Symbian > Install Qt to Symbian
 | 
						|
        device} and follow the instructions on the screen to install Qt 4.6.2
 | 
						|
        libraries on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Choose \gui {Start > Nokia Qt SDK > Symbian > Install QtMobility to Symbian
 | 
						|
        device} and follow the instructions on the screen to install Qt
 | 
						|
        mobility libraries on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Choose \gui {Start > Nokia Qt SDK > Symbian > Install TRK to Symbian
 | 
						|
        device} and follow the instructions on the screen to install the TRK
 | 
						|
        debugging application for S60 5th Edition devices on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Start TRK on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note If errors occur during the installation, copy the .sis files from
 | 
						|
    \c {<NokiaQtSDK_install_path>\Symbian\sis} to the device using USB storage
 | 
						|
    mode. Then install them from the file manager on the device.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Adding Symbian Platform SDKs
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Nokia Qt SDK contains all the tools you need for developing Qt applications for
 | 
						|
    Symbian devices. To use Symbian APIs directly in your applications, you can
 | 
						|
    install additional Symbian Platform SDKs:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://www.forum.nokia.com/main/resources/tools_and_sdks/S60SDK/}
 | 
						|
           {S60 Platform SDK 3rd Edition FP1 or higher}.
 | 
						|
        \o Either the GCCE ARM Toolchain that is included in the Symbian
 | 
						|
           SDKs, or RVCT 2.2 [build 686] or later (which is not available free
 | 
						|
           of charge)(Your environment needs to find the compiler in the PATH).
 | 
						|
        \o Qt for Symbian 4.6.2 or later, installed into the Symbian SDKs you want
 | 
						|
           to use.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Setting Up Qt Creator
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When you run Qt Creator after installing the Symbian SDK and Qt for
 | 
						|
    Symbian, the installed SDKs and their corresponding Qt versions are
 | 
						|
    automatically detected. For each detected Symbian SDK with Qt, a special entry
 | 
						|
    is made in the Qt version management settings in \gui{Tools} >
 | 
						|
    \gui{Options...} > \gui{Qt4} > \gui{Qt Versions}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note If you manually add a Qt version for Symbian, you must
 | 
						|
    also manually specify the Symbian SDK to use for this version.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-symbian.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you want to run your applications in the Symbian emulator, you need to
 | 
						|
    point Qt Creator to the Metrowerks Compiler that you want to use, by
 | 
						|
    setting the \gui{Carbide directory} of the Qt version to the corresponding
 | 
						|
    Carbide.c++ installation directory.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can check which Symbian SDKs and corresponding Qt versions are found in the
 | 
						|
    \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Qt4} > \gui{S60 SDKs} preference
 | 
						|
    page.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \image qtcreator-qt4-s60sdks.png
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-usability.html
 | 
						|
    \page adding-plugins.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-visual-editor.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Adding Qt Designer Plugins
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     You can use Qt APIs to create plugins that extend Qt applications.
 | 
						|
     This allows you to add your own widgets to \QD.
 | 
						|
     The most flexible way to include a plugin with an application is to compile it
 | 
						|
     into a dynamic library that is shipped separately, and detected and loaded at runtime.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     The applications can detect plugins that are stored in the standard plugin
 | 
						|
     subdirectories. For more information on how to create and locate plugins and to
 | 
						|
     change the default plugin path, see \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     For more information about how to create plugins for \QD, see
 | 
						|
     \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/designer-using-custom-widgets.html}{Creating and Using Components for Qt Designer}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Locating Qt Designer Plugins
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \QD fetches plugins from the standard locations and loads the plugins
 | 
						|
     that match its build key. \QD is delivered both as a standalone application
 | 
						|
     and as part of the SDK, where it is integrated into Qt Creator.
 | 
						|
     The correct folder to place the plugins depends on
 | 
						|
     which one you use.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     The integrated \QD fetches plugins from the \c {%SDK%\bin\designer} folder on Windows
 | 
						|
     and Linux and \c {QtCreator.app/Contents/MacOS/designer} folder on Mac. To check which plugins
 | 
						|
     were loaded successfully and which failed, choose \gui{Tools > Form Editor >
 | 
						|
     About Qt Designer Plugins}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     The standalone \QD is part of the Qt library used for building projects,
 | 
						|
     located under \c {%SDK%\qt}. Therefore, it fetches plugins from the following folder:
 | 
						|
     \c {%SDK%\qt\plugins\designer}. To check which plugins were loaded successfully and which
 | 
						|
     failed, choose \gui{Help > About Plugins}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     \section1 Matching Build Keys
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     The Qt Creator that is included in pre-built SDK packages on Windows is built with the
 | 
						|
     Microsoft Visual Studio compiler, whereas the version of Qt shipped for building applications
 | 
						|
     is configured and built to use the MinGW/g++ compiler. Plugins built by using this version of
 | 
						|
     Qt cannot be loaded by Qt Creator because the build-keys do not match. The plugins can only be
 | 
						|
     used in the standalone version of \QD. Choose \gui{Help > About Qt Creator} to check
 | 
						|
     the Qt version Qt Creator was built with.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     To use \QD plugins that were built for the shipped Qt version, make sure that
 | 
						|
     Qt Creator is built with the same compiler by either recompiling Qt Creator using MinGW or
 | 
						|
     recompiling Qt with Microsoft Visual Studio, depending on which configuration you want to
 | 
						|
     use for your applications.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-design-mode.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-usability.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage adding-plugins.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Before starting application development, analyze and define the requirements, scope, and
 | 
						|
    functionality of the application to ensure efficient functionality and a smooth user
 | 
						|
    experience. Design the application for a single purpose and analyze how it can best serve
 | 
						|
    its users. Mobile devices have been designed for use when mobile. Keep the characteristics
 | 
						|
    of mobile devices in mind when you create applications for them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following guidelines help you design and develop usable applications for mobile devices
 | 
						|
    with varying characteristics, such as screen size and support for input methods:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Know your users
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Find out who will use the application, what they will use it for,
 | 
						|
        and which mobile devices they have. Then design the application to fit a specific context
 | 
						|
        of use.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Design for small screens
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The screen size of mobile devices is significantly smaller
 | 
						|
        than that available on desktop devices. Carefully consider what is the most relevant
 | 
						|
        content to present on the application UI, as it might not be reasonable to try and fit as
 | 
						|
        much content into the screen as you might have in a desktop application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Design for multiple screen sizes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Relate the position and size of each control to the
 | 
						|
       dimensions of the display. This enables the same set of information to be presented on the
 | 
						|
       screen in all resolutions; higher resolution devices just display finer graphics.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Design for changing screen orientation
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Some devices support screen rotation. On these
 | 
						|
       devices, applications can be displayed in portrait or landscape orientation. Account for
 | 
						|
       orientation and dynamically adjust the display when the screen is rotated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Design intuitive ways of moving within applications
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Mobile devices lack a mouse and
 | 
						|
       full-size keyboard, so users must use the touch screen or five way navigation pad to move within
 | 
						|
       applications. In addition, many users control the devices with one hand. To create an optimized user
 | 
						|
       experience, allow users to access information with one click; do not make them scroll and type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Design for limited input methods
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Applications collect information from users on the task
 | 
						|
       at hand. In addition to touch screen input, some devices contain physical keys such
 | 
						|
       as a five way navigation pad, a keypad, and a keyboard. Users enter information by using screen
 | 
						|
       controls, such as lists, check boxes, radio buttons, and text fields.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Keep response times short
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Latency can cause delays in user interaction. If users perceive
 | 
						|
       an application as being slow, they are likely to get frustrated and stop using it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Save battery time
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Mobile devices are not constantly connected to a power source but run on
 | 
						|
       battery power. Optimize power consumption to keep the total consumption at an acceptable
 | 
						|
       level and to prevent users from running out of battery time.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Consider network issues
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       If users do not have a flat-rate data plan or WLAN support, mobile
 | 
						|
       network connections cost them money. Also, when users move around with the devices, the networks
 | 
						|
       available for connections constantly change.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \o Remember the processing limits of the device
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       The memory available on devices is limited
 | 
						|
       and you should use it carefully. Although all mobile devices have common functionality,
 | 
						|
       each device is individual in terms of both the resources available and extra features.
 | 
						|
       Therefore, you must consider the constraints of all the target devices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       For more information about user experience techniques for mobile devices, see the
 | 
						|
       \l{http://library.forum.nokia.com/topic/Design_and_User_Experience_Library/GUID-A8DF3EB8-E97C-4DA0-95F6-F464ECC995BC_cover.html}{Design and User Experience Library}
 | 
						|
       on Forum Nokia.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-help.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-tips.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Tips and Tricks
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Switching between modes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator uses different modes for different purposes. You can quickly
 | 
						|
    switch between these modes with the following keyboard shortcuts:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Welcome mode \key Ctrl+1
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Edit mode \key Ctrl+2
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Design mode \key Ctrl+3
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Debug mode \key Ctrl+4
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Projects mode \key Ctrl+5
 | 
						|
        \o \gui Help mode \key Ctrl+6
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information about Qt Creator modes, see \l {Qt Creator Modes}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Moving Between Open Files
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To quickly move between currently open files, press
 | 
						|
    \key Ctrl+Tab.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Moving To the Edit Mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To move to the \gui Edit mode and currently active file, press
 | 
						|
    \key Esc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If you already are in the \gui Edit mode:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o The first press moves focus to the editor
 | 
						|
        \o The second press closes secondary windows
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using the Filter in Options Dialog
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To find specific settings you require in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...}
 | 
						|
    use the filter located at the top left of the \gui Options dialog box.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Using Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator provides \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}{many useful keyboard shortcuts}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To customize, import or export keyboard shortcuts, select \gui Tools >
 | 
						|
    \gui Options... > \gui Environment > \gui Keyboard.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Running Qt Creator From Command Line
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    You can launch Qt Creator from command line using the name of an
 | 
						|
    existing session or \c .pro file by giving the name as the command
 | 
						|
    argument.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For example, running \tt{qtcreator somesession}, launches Qt Creator and
 | 
						|
    loads session somesession.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \note Make sure Qt Creator is included in the PATH environment variable.
 | 
						|
    This can be done by typing the following in the command line:
 | 
						|
    \code
 | 
						|
    set PATH=c:\qtsdk\mingw\bin;c:\qtsdk\qt\bin;%PATH%
 | 
						|
    \endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Showing and Hiding the Sidebar
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To toggle the sidebar in the \gui Edit and \gui Debug modes, click
 | 
						|
    \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
 | 
						|
    or press \key Alt+0 (\key Cmd+0 on Mac OS X).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information on using the sidebar, see \l {Browsing Project Contents}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Moving To Symbols
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To move straight to a symbol used in a project, select the symbol in the
 | 
						|
    \gui Editor toolbar drop-down menu.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For more information on the editor toolbar,
 | 
						|
    see \l {Using the Editor Toolbar}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Displaying Signals and Slots
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If an instance of a class is derived from QObject, and you would like to
 | 
						|
    find all other objects connected to one of your object's slots using
 | 
						|
    Qt's signals and slots mechanism, select \gui Tools > \gui Options...
 | 
						|
    > \gui{Debugger} > \gui{Debugging Helper} > \gui{Use Debugging Helper}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view, expand the object's entry and open
 | 
						|
    the slot in the \e slots subitem. The objects connected to this slot are
 | 
						|
    shown as children of the slot. This method works with signals too.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Displaying Low Level Data
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If special debugging of Qt objects fails due to data corruption within the
 | 
						|
    debugged objects, you can switch off the debugging helpers. When debugging
 | 
						|
    helpers are switched off low-level structures become visible.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To switch off the debugging helpers:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Debugger >
 | 
						|
           \gui{Debugging Helper}.
 | 
						|
        \o Uncheck the \gui{Use debugging helper} checkbox.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-tips.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-known-issues.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator provides various keyboard shortcuts to speed up your development
 | 
						|
    process.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Configuring Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    To customize a keyboard shortcut:
 | 
						|
    \list 1
 | 
						|
        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Environment >
 | 
						|
           \gui Keyboard.
 | 
						|
        \o Select an action from the list.
 | 
						|
        \o In \gui{Key Sequence} enter the shortcut key you want to associate
 | 
						|
           with the selected action.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator allows you to use different keyboard shortcut mapping schemes:
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o To import a keyboard shortcut mapping scheme, click \gui Import
 | 
						|
           and select the kms file containing keyboard shortcut mapping scheme
 | 
						|
           you want to import.
 | 
						|
        \o To export the current keyboard shortcut mapping scheme, click
 | 
						|
           \gui Export and select the location where you want to save the
 | 
						|
           exported kms file.
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Default Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following tables list the default keyboard shortcuts. They are
 | 
						|
    categorized by actions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 General Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Action
 | 
						|
            \o Keyboard shortcut
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Open file or project
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+O
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o New file or project
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+N
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Open in external editor
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+V, Alt+I
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Cut
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+X
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Copy
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+C
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Paste
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+V
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Redo
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Y
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Save
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+S
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Save all
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+A
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Close window
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+W
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Close all
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+W
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go back
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+Left
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go forward
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+Right
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go to line
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+L
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Next open document in history
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+Tab
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Goto other split
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, O
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Previous open document in history
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Tab
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate \gui Locator
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+K
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch to \gui Welcome mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+1
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch to \gui Edit mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+2
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch to \gui Design mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+3
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch to \gui Debug mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+4
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch to \gui Projects mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+5
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch to \gui Help mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+6
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle \gui{Build Issues} pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+1 (Cmd+1 on Mac OS X)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle \gui{Search Results} pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+2 (Cmd+2 on Mac OS X)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle \gui{Application Output} pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+3 (Cmd+3 on Mac OS X)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle \gui{Compile Output} pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+4 (Cmd+4 on Mac OS X)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate \gui Bookmarks pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+M
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate \gui{File System} pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+Y
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate \gui{Open Documents} pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+O
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate \gui Projects pane
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+X
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Full screen
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+F11
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle the sidebar
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+0 (Cmd+0 on Mac OS X)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Undo
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Z
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Move to \gui Edit mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               In \gui Edit mode:
 | 
						|
               \list
 | 
						|
                \o The first press moves focus to the editor
 | 
						|
                \o The second press closes secondary windows
 | 
						|
               \endlist
 | 
						|
            \o Esc
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Editing Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Action
 | 
						|
            \o Keyboard shortcut
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Auto-indent selection
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+I
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Collapse
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+<
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Expand
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+>
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Trigger a completion in this scope
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Space
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Copy line down
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Alt+Down
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Copy line up
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Alt+Up
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Cut line
 | 
						|
            \o Shift+Del
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Join lines
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+J
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Decrease font size
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+- (Ctrl+Roll mouse wheel down)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Increase font size
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl++ (Ctrl+Roll mouse wheel up)
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle Vim-style editing
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+V, Alt+V
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Split
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, 2
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Split side by side
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, 3
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Remove all splits
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, 1
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Remove current split
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, 0
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Select all
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+A
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go to block end
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+]
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go to block start
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+[
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go to block end with selection
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+}
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go to block start with selection
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+{
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Move current line down
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+Down
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Move current line up
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+Up
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Trigger a quick fix in this scope
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+Return
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Rewrap paragraph
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, R
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Select the current block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               The second press extends the selection to the parent block
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+U
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Enable text wrapping
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, Ctrl+W
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle comment for selection
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+/
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Visualize whitespace
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+E, Ctrl+V
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Delete
 | 
						|
            \o Del
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Adjust size
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+J
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Lay out in a grid
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+G
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Lay out horizontally
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+H
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Lay out vertically
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+L
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Preview
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Alt+R
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Edit signals and slots
 | 
						|
            \o F4
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Edit widgets
 | 
						|
            \o F3
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle bookmark
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+M
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go to next bookmark
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+.
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Go to previous bookmark
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+,
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Fetch snippet
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+C, Alt+F
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Paste snippet
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+C, Alt+P
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Find usages
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+U
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Follow symbol under cursor
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
               Works with namespaces, classes, methods, variables, include
 | 
						|
               statements and macros
 | 
						|
            \o F2
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Rename symbol under cursor
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+R
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch between method declaration and definition
 | 
						|
            \o Shift+F2
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Switch between header and source file
 | 
						|
            \o F4
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Debugging Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Action
 | 
						|
            \o Keyboard shortcut
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Start debugging
 | 
						|
            \o F5
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Stop or interrupt debugger
 | 
						|
            \o Shift+F5
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Reset debugger
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+F5
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Step over
 | 
						|
            \o F10
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Step into
 | 
						|
            \o F11
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Step out
 | 
						|
            \o Shift+F11
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Toggle breakpoint
 | 
						|
            \o F9
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Project Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Action
 | 
						|
            \o Keyboard shortcut
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Build project
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+B
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Build all
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+B
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o New project
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+Shift+N
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Run
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+R
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Help Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o Action
 | 
						|
            \o Keyboard shortcut
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o View context-sensitive help
 | 
						|
            \o F1
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate contents in \gui Help mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+T
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Add bookmark in \gui Help mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+M
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate index in \gui Help mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+I
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Reset font size in \gui Help mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+0
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Activate search in \gui Help mode
 | 
						|
            \o Ctrl+S
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section2 Version Control Keyboard Shortcuts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o {1,2} Action
 | 
						|
            \o {5,1} Version control system
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o CVS
 | 
						|
            \o Git
 | 
						|
            \o Perforce
 | 
						|
            \o Subversion
 | 
						|
            \o Mercurial
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Add
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+C, Alt+A
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+A
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+S, Alt+A
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Commit
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+C, Alt+C
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+C
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+H, Alt+C
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Diff
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+C, Alt+D
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+D
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+S, Alt+D
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+H, Alt+D
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Diff project
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+Shift+D
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+P, Alt+D
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Blame
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+B
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Log
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+L
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+P, Alt+F
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+H, Alt+L
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Log project
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+K
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Status
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+S
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+H, Alt+S
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Undo changes
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+U
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Diff project
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+G, Alt+Shift+D
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+P, Alt+D
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Edit
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+P, Alt+E
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Opened
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+P, Alt+O
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Revert
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+P, Alt+R
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o Submit
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o Alt+P, Alt+S
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-known-issues.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-glossary.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-acknowledgements.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Glossary
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \table
 | 
						|
        \header
 | 
						|
            \o  Term
 | 
						|
            \o  Meaning
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
                \raw HTML
 | 
						|
                Qt in PATH
 | 
						|
                \endraw
 | 
						|
                \target glossary-system-qt
 | 
						|
            \o  This is the Qt
 | 
						|
                version for the \c qmake command found in your \c PATH
 | 
						|
                environment variable.
 | 
						|
                This is likely to be the system's Qt version.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
                \raw HTML
 | 
						|
                Project Qt
 | 
						|
                \endraw
 | 
						|
                \target glossary-project-qt
 | 
						|
            \o  The version of Qt configured in the \gui{Projects} mode, \gui {Build
 | 
						|
                Settings}, \gui {Qt Version} field. This is the Qt version that
 | 
						|
                is actually used by a particular project.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \row
 | 
						|
            \o
 | 
						|
                \raw HTML
 | 
						|
                Shadow build
 | 
						|
                \endraw
 | 
						|
                \target glossary-shadow-build
 | 
						|
            \o  Shadow building means building a project in a separate
 | 
						|
                directory, the \e{build directory}. The build directory is
 | 
						|
                different from the source directory. One of the benefits of
 | 
						|
                shadow building is that it keeps your source directory clean.
 | 
						|
                Shadow building is the best practice if you need many build
 | 
						|
                configurations for a single set of source.
 | 
						|
    \endtable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-known-issues.html
 | 
						|
    \nextpage creator-glossary.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Known Issues
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This section lists known issues in Qt Creator version 2.0.0.
 | 
						|
    The development team is aware of them, and therefore, you do not need to
 | 
						|
    report them as bugs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For a list of fixed issues and added features, see the changelog file in
 | 
						|
    the \c{qtcreator\dist} folder or the \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com}{Qt Bug Tracker}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 General
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Qt Creator uses SQLite for storing some of its settings. SQLite is
 | 
						|
           known to have problems with certain NFS servers (most notably the
 | 
						|
           nfs-user-server 2.2beta), since they can lock up the application
 | 
						|
           when it tries to lock the database. If your home directory is on an
 | 
						|
           NFS share and you encounter this issue, one option would be to
 | 
						|
           switch to the nfs-kernel-server, or create a symlink so that the
 | 
						|
           settings are stored locally.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Editing
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Code completion does not support typedefs for nested classes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Projects
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
        \o Paths or file names containing spaces or special characters, e.g.,
 | 
						|
           colons, dollar signs, hash marks etc. may cause problems. This
 | 
						|
           is because some of the tools Qt Creator uses in the background have
 | 
						|
           restrictions on the characters allowed in file and directory names.
 | 
						|
           To be on the safe side, we recommend creating projects and project
 | 
						|
           items with names consisting of plain characters, numbers,
 | 
						|
           underscores, and hyphens.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o There is no IDE support for adding/removing sub-projects. Project
 | 
						|
           hierarchies (SUBDIRS template) have to be created manually.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Creating new \c CMake projects with Qt Creator is not supported.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Building and packaging sub-projects is not supported for Maemo devices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o You must create projects for Maemo targets on the same partition where
 | 
						|
        you installed Nokia Qt SDK, Qt Creator, and MADDE.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Debugging
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o When debugging executables created by the GNU Compiler version 4.5.0
 | 
						|
           (all platforms), some data types will not be displayed in the
 | 
						|
           \gui{Locals and Watchers} view due to missing debug information.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o On Windows, debugging a MinGW-built console application (with \gui{Run in terminal}
 | 
						|
           checked) using gdb does not work due to a bug in gdb related to attaching to
 | 
						|
           stopped processes (see \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com/browse/QTCREATORBUG-1020}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Gdb on Windows may not work if the 'Embassy \reg Security Center' software
 | 
						|
           by 'Wave \reg Systems' is installed and active (causing crashes in \c{vxvault.dll)}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Gdb may take long to load debugging symbols, especially from large
 | 
						|
           libraries like \c libQtWebKit. Starting the debugging module can
 | 
						|
           take up to several minutes without visible progress.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Setting breakpoints in code that is compiled into the binary more
 | 
						|
           than once does not work.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        \o Setting breakpoints in files that do not have unique absolute
 | 
						|
           paths may fail. For example, remounting parts of a file system
 | 
						|
           using the --bind mount option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \endlist
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
    \contentspage index.html
 | 
						|
    \previouspage creator-glossary.html
 | 
						|
    \page creator-acknowledgements.html
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \title Acknowledgements
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \section1 Third-party Components
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Qt Creator contains the following third-party components:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \list
 | 
						|
    \o  \bold{Open Source front-end for C++ (license MIT)}, enhanced for use in
 | 
						|
        Qt Creator.\br
 | 
						|
        Roberto Raggi <roberto.raggi@gmail.com>\br
 | 
						|
        QtCreator/src/shared/cplusplus\br\br
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o  \bold{Botan, a C++ crypto library. Version 1.8.8}\br
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
        \o  Copyright (C) 1999-2004 The Botan Project. All rights reserved.
 | 
						|
        \o  Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Jack Lloyd
 | 
						|
        \o  2001 Peter J Jones
 | 
						|
        \o  2004-2007 Justin Karneges
 | 
						|
        \o  2005 Matthew Gregan
 | 
						|
        \o  2005-2006 Matt Johnston
 | 
						|
        \o  2006 Luca Piccarreta
 | 
						|
        \o  2007 Yves Jerschow
 | 
						|
        \o  2007-2008 FlexSecure GmbH
 | 
						|
        \o  2007-2008 Technische Universitat Darmstadt
 | 
						|
        \o  2007-2008 Falko Strenzke
 | 
						|
        \o  2007-2008 Martin Doering
 | 
						|
        \o  2007 Manuel Hartl
 | 
						|
        \o  2007 Christoph Ludwig
 | 
						|
        \o  2007 Patrick Sona
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
        All rights reserved.\br\br
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 | 
						|
        modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
 | 
						|
        met:\br\br
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 | 
						|
        notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer.\br\br
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 | 
						|
        notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the
 | 
						|
        documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.\br
 | 
						|
        \br
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
 | 
						|
        IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
 | 
						|
        WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
 | 
						|
        ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) OR CONTRIBUTOR(S) BE
 | 
						|
        LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 | 
						|
        CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 | 
						|
        SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
 | 
						|
        BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
 | 
						|
        WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
 | 
						|
        OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
 | 
						|
        IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.\br\br
 | 
						|
        The source code of Botan C++ crypto library can be found
 | 
						|
        here:
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
        \o QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
        \br\br
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    \o  \bold{NetSieben SSH Library is a Secure Shell client library for C++.
 | 
						|
         Version 1.3.2}\br
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
        \o \bold{Commercial License:} For organizations who do not want to
 | 
						|
            release the source code for their applications as open source/
 | 
						|
            free software; in other words they do not want to comply with the
 | 
						|
            GNU General Public License (GPL) or Q Public License.
 | 
						|
        \o \bold{Non Commercial / Open Source License:} NetSieben believes in
 | 
						|
            contributing back to the open source community, thus it has released
 | 
						|
            the SSH Library under Q Public License as it is defined by Trolltech
 | 
						|
            AS of Norway. The Open Source License allows the user to use software
 | 
						|
            under an open source / free software license, and distribute it
 | 
						|
            freely. The software can be used at no charge with the condition
 | 
						|
            that if the user uses the SSH Library in an application they wish to
 | 
						|
            redistribute, then the complete source code for your application must
 | 
						|
            be available and freely redistributable under reasonable conditions.
 | 
						|
            For more information on the used QPL License see:
 | 
						|
            QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty/net7ssh/LICENSE.QPL
 | 
						|
        \endlist\br\br
 | 
						|
        The source code of NetSieben Secure Shell C++ Library can be found
 | 
						|
        here:
 | 
						|
        \list
 | 
						|
        \o QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
 | 
						|
        \o \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
 | 
						|
        \endlist
 | 
						|
     \endlist
 | 
						|
*/
 |